Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Dow

Dow

dow · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dow
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Dow
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
annual REPORT  
2011

This Annual Report includes Downer EDI Limited Directors’ Report, the Annual Financial Report 
and Independent Audit Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

It should be read in conjunction with Downer EDI Limited’s 2011 Annual Review which is 
available online and provides an overview of key activities for the year ended 30 June 2011.

The Annual Report and Annual Review are both available on the Downer website 
www.downergroup.com.

Cover image:  
James Forest  
Downer Mining  
at Christmas Creek

COnTEnTS

Directors’ Report 

Financial performance overview 

Auditors’ Independence Declaration 

Consolidated Income Statement  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the financial statements: 

  1.  Summary of accounting policies 

  2.  Segment information 

  3.  Profit from ordinary activities – continuing operations 

  4. 

Individually significant items 

  5. 

Income tax  

  6.  Remuneration of auditors 

  7.  Earnings per share  

  8.  Dividends  

  9.  Cash and cash equivalents  

10. 

Inventories  

11.  Trade and other receivables  

12.  Other financial assets 

13.  Tax assets 

14.  Other assets  

15.  Equity-accounted investments  

16.  Property, plant and equipment  

17. 

Intangible assets  

18.  Trade and other payables  

19.  Borrowings  

20.  Other financial liabilities 

21.  Provisions 

22.  Tax liabilities 

23. 

Issued capital 

24.  Reserves 

25.  Acquisition of businesses 

26.  Statement of cash flows – additional information  

27.  Commitments  

28.  Contingent liabilities 

29.  Rendering of services and construction contracts 

30.  Subsequent events 

31.  Controlled entities 

32.  Related party information and key management personnel disclosures 

33.  Key management personnel compensation 

34.  Employee share plan 

35.  Financial instruments 

36.  Parent entity disclosures 

Directors’ Declaration  

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Sustainability Performance Summary 2010/2011 

Corporate Governance 

Information for Investors 

2

32 

33

34

35

36

37

39

40

54

58

60

61

62

63

65

66

66

66

67

68

69

69

73

75

77

78

81

81

82

83

84

85

85

87

88

89

89

90

94

98

98

98

111

112

113

115

116

121

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual 
Financial Report of the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2011. In compliance with the provisions of 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set 
out below.

BOaRD Of DIRECTORS

r m harding (62)

Chairman since November 2010, Deputy Chairman since 
July 2010, Independent Non-executive Director since 
July 2008 

Mr Harding is currently a Non-executive Director of Santos 
Limited. He has held management positions around the world 
with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General 
Manager of BP Exploration Australia. 

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in 
Mechanical Engineering. 

Mr Harding lives in Melbourne.

G a fenn (46)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since July 
2010, Finance Director in July 2010, Chief Financial Officer 
from October 2009 to July 2010

Mr Fenn is an experienced executive with over 20 years 
in operational management, strategic development and 
financial management. Mr Fenn was previously a member of 
the Qantas Airways Limited (Qantas) Executive Committee, 
Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of Australian 
Air Express. Mr Fenn held a number of senior roles at Qantas 
including Executive General Manager of Strategy and 
Investments and Executive General Manager – Associated 
Businesses, responsible for the Airports, Freight, Flight Catering 
and Qantas Holidays businesses. 

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie 
University and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Chartered Accountants. 

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

S a Chaplain (53)

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive 
experience in public and private sector debt financing. 
She also has considerable experience as a director of 
government-owned corporations which includes ten years 
as a Director of Seqwater Ltd, including over three years as its 
Chairman. Ms Chaplain is currently a Director of Coal & Allied 
Industries Limited, a member of the Board of Taxation and a 
member of the Australian Youth Orchestra Board, in addition 
to holding directorships with a number of private companies. 
She chairs the Council of St Margaret’s Anglican Girls School. 

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, 
Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in 
Economics and Mandarin in addition to an MBA from the 
University of Melbourne. 

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

2  downer edI LImIted

L di Bartolomeo (58)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2006

Mr Di Bartolomeo was Managing Director of ADI Limited 
for four years and prior to this he was Chief Executive of a 
number of substantial businesses for more than 10 years, 
including six years as Managing Director of FreightCorp 
(now Pacific National). 

Mr Di Bartolomeo is National President of the Australian 
Industry Group, Chairman of Macquarie Generation and 
a Director of Australian Rail Track Corporation Limited and 
Australian Super Limited. 

Mr Di Bartolomeo is a qualified civil engineer and has a 
Masters degree in Engineering Science. He is a Fellow of 
the Australian Institute of Management, a Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Transport and a Member of the 
Institution of Engineers Australia. 

Mr Di Bartolomeo lives in Sydney.

J S humphrey (56)

Independent Non-executive Director since April 2001 

Mr Humphrey is currently Deputy Chairman of Mallesons 
Stephen Jaques, based in Brisbane where he specialises in 
corporate, M&A and infrastructure project work. 

Mr Humphrey is currently a Director of Horizon Oil Limited 
and Wide Bay Australia Limited and is a former Chairman of 
Villa World Limited. He was appointed to the Board of Evans 
Deakin Industries Limited in 2000 and, subsequently, to the 
Board of Downer EDI Limited. He is also a member of the 
Australian Takeovers Panel. 

Mr Humphrey holds a Bachelor of Laws from the University 
of Queensland. 

Mr Humphrey lives in Brisbane.

C G thorne (61)

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2010

Dr Thorne is currently a group executive reporting to Rio 
Tinto’s Chief Executive Officer, but will retire from Rio Tinto 
on 31 October 2011. He has over 36 years of experience in 
the mining and extraction industry, specifically in senior 
operational and executive roles across a broad range of 
product groups and functional activities in Australia and 
overseas. His most recent assignments have been as head 
of Rio Tinto’s coal businesses in Indonesia and Australia, and 
as global head of its technology, innovation and project 
engineering functions. From 2006 to 2009, he was Group 
Executive Technology and Innovation and a member of 
Rio Tinto’s Executive and Investment Committees. 

Dr Thorne is a Director of Queensland Energy Resources 
Limited, a Fellow and Chartered Professional (Management) 
of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and a 
Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences 
and Engineering. Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a 
number of private companies. 

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy from 
the University of Queensland. 

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

fORmER DIRECTORS

C J S Renwick AM 

Independent Non-executive Director, resigned 9 December 2010.

P E J Jollie AM 

Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director, resigned 3 November 2010.

G H Knox 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, resigned 30 July 2010.

DIRECTORS’ ShaREhOlDIngS

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options 
in shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, 
debentures and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn*

L Di Bartolomeo

S A Chaplain

J S Humphrey

C G Thorne

Number of Fully Paid  

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Options

–

346,061

60,903

50,137

67,982

13,750

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

*  mr fenn’s shareholding comprises 30,769 shares acquired under the Company’s accelerated renounceable rights offer and 315,292 shares 
that have met all vesting conditions being the first tranche of shares in his 2009 grant (64,767 shares) and his sign-on grant that vested on 
1 July 2011 (250,525 shares). a further 905,148 shares have been purchased as mr fenn’s long-term incentive and are held by Cpu Share plans 
pty Ltd (trustee of the downer edI Limited deferred employee Share plan). these shares comprise a grant of 200,000 shares with specific hurdles 
related to delivery of waratah train Sets over the period to 30 September 2011 and are subject to a service period condition. the remaining 
705,205 shares are subject to performance and service period conditions over the period 2012 to 2015. further details regarding the conditions 
relating to these restricted shares are outlined in sections 5.4 and 8 of the remuneration report. 

COmPany SECRETaRy

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring that the Company complies with its statutory duties and maintains 
proper documentation, registers and records. It also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate governance and 
gives practical effect to any decisions made by the Board.

Bruce Crane was Company Secretary until his retirement on 27 July 2011. A Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants, he has qualifications in business and commerce from the University of Technology and 
corporate governance from Chartered Secretaries Australia. 

Peter Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce from Deakin 
University and is an admitted solicitor in New South Wales. Peter joined Downer in 2008 and was appointed General Counsel 
in 2010. 

Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and Chartered Secretaries 
Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from Chartered 
Secretaries Australia. Peter was previously Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and secretarial roles in 
Downer’s corporate office for over 10 years.

PRInCIPal aCTIvITIES

Downer provides comprehensive engineering and infrastructure management services to the public and private Minerals & 
Metals, Oil & Gas, Power, Transport Infrastructure, Communications, Property and Water sectors across Australia, New Zealand, 
the Asia Pacific region and the United Kingdom.

REvIEw Of OPERaTIOnS

Downer performed solidly during the year despite facing numerous challenges, including:

 – prolonged and severe wet weather conditions, particularly in Eastern Australia;

 – intense competition for Engineering and Works and the cost of maintaining capacity in the business as a consequence of 

delayed projects;

 – lower government expenditure on road and rail infrastructure maintenance in Australia and New Zealand; and

 – ongoing tough conditions in New Zealand, compounded by the major earthquakes that struck Christchurch and the 

Canterbury region in September 2010 and February 2011.

annuaL report 2011  3

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The main features of the result for the 12 months to 30 June 
2011 were:

OPERaTIOnal hIghlIghTS

 – total revenue1 of $7.0 billion, up 15.2 per cent

 – statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of 

$25.7 million 

 – statutory loss after tax of $27.7 million

 – underlying EBIT2 of $292.2 million, down 8.1 per cent

 – underlying net profit after tax (NPAT2) of $166.4 million, 

down 15.7 per cent

 – underlying operating cash flow of $324.9 million, 111 per 

cent of underlying EBIT

 – gearing3 of 25.5 per cent and liquidity of $915.7 million, 

comprising cash of $288.6 million and undrawn committed 
facilities of $627.1 million

 – investment grade credit rating (BBB-, stable outlook)

 – work-in-hand of about $20 billion

 – industry-leading safety performance with Lost Time Injury 

Frequency Rate of 0.93 per million hours worked

The 15.2 per cent growth in total revenue to $7.0 billion was 
driven by the Mining, Rail and Engineering businesses.

On 27 January 2011, Downer announced an additional pre-
tax provision of $250.0 million in respect of the Waratah train 
project. As a result of this provision and impairments of $7.8 
million relating to CPG New Zealand and $8.8 million relating 
to Works UK, Downer reported a net EBIT of $25.7 million and a 
net loss after tax of $27.7 million.

Underlying operating cash flow was $324.9 million, which is 
111 per cent of underlying EBIT. After $139.3 million of cash 
outflows relating to the Waratah train project, operating cash 
flow was $185.6 million. 

Downer continued to win new contracts and secure contract 
renewals across the Group and holds work-in-hand worth 
about $20 billion.

Downer maintained its industry leading safety performance 
during the year, with continuing improvement in both its Lost 
Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) and Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR). LTIFR for the year was 0.93 per million 
hours worked and TRIFR was 11.8 per cent lower at 7.17 per 
million hours worked.

On 29 March 2011, Downer successfully completed an 
equity raising of approximately $279.3 million. This capital 
raising was undertaken to strengthen Downer’s balance 
sheet, support Downer maintaining investment grade 
credit rating metrics and to provide financial flexibility 
to pursue attractive growth opportunities.

At 30 June 2011, Downer had gearing of 25.5 per cent and 
liquidity of $915.7 million, comprising cash of $288.6 million 
and undrawn committed facilities of $627.1 million.

The Board did not resolve to pay an interim or final dividend 
for the 2011 financial year. Downer will continue to pay 
dividends on its Redeemable Optionally Adjustable 
Distributing Securities (ROADS).

mInInG

 – Total revenue of $1.5 billion, up 50.6 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT of $119.6 million, up 75.4 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT margin of 8.2 per cent, up 1.2 ppts

 – ROFE4 of 19.8 per cent, up 6.8 ppts

 – Work-in-hand of $7.5 billion

Downer Mining performed strongly during the year driven 
by continuing demand for contract mining services and a 
number of large contract wins and renewals, in particular:

 – a six-year contract, awarded in August 2010 and valued 
at approximately $3 billion, with Fortescue Metals Group 
Limited (Fortescue) for the provision of mining services at 
its Christmas Creek operation in the East Pilbara region of 
Western Australia. The Christmas Creek contract is one of 
the largest mining services contracts of its type in Australia; 
and

 – five-year extension and expansion contracts, awarded 
in July 2010, with BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) at 
Goonyella Riverside and Norwich Park Mines in the Bowen 
Basin in central Queensland. The contracts, jointly valued 
at approximately $2 billion, are for load and haul of 
prestrip material and drill and blast services at Goonyella 
Riverside Mine, and for load and haul of prestrip material 
at Norwich Park Mine.

Both of these major projects are making good progress. 

In addition, in December 2010, Downer signed a five-year 
mining service agreement with Idemitsu Australia Resources 
Pty Ltd (Idemitsu) for the provision of mining services at the 
Boggabri open-cut coal mine in the Gunnedah Basin in 
New South Wales. 

This extended contract starts in December 2011 and will 
continue the Company’s involvement at Boggabri to over a 
decade. Services to be provided will include drill and blast, 
mine planning, and load and haul of both overburden and 
coal. The value of the contract revenue will depend on the 
mine’s production output, which has yet to be finalised. The 
base case values revenue at approximately $900 million over 
the duration of the contract. 

raIL

 – Total revenue of $1.1 billion, up 7.9 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT of $75.0 million, down 3.7 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT margin of 6.6 per cent, down 0.8 ppts

 – ROFE of 18.4 per cent, down 6.8 ppts

 – Work-in-hand of $5.2 billion

Strong demand for resources, particularly coal and iron ore, is 
driving demand for Downer Rail’s narrow and standard gauge 
locomotives from customers including QR National, Pacific 
National, BHP Billiton and Genesee & Wyoming (GWA).

Downer Rail also won a contract during the year to supply and 
maintain passenger rolling stock for Queensland Rail (QR). 

1 

 total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances 
not proportionately consolidated.

2  underlying eBIt and npat performance reflect statutory results adjusted for individually significant items.

3  net debt/net debt plus total equity.

4  return on funds employed equals eBIt divided by average funds employed.

4  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

During the year, Downer Rail secured:

 – a contract valued at approximately $190 million to expand 
and upgrade QR’s fleet of high speed passenger diesel Tilt 
Trains that service the Brisbane to Cairns rail corridor. The 
vehicles will be delivered progressively from April 2013;

Downer Group portfolio. The review does not include 
Downer’s resource-focused consultancy businesses, 
Snowden, QCC and Mineral Technologies.

workS

 – an order for 13 new standard gauge diesel electric 

 – Total revenue of $2.1 billion, down 0.5 per cent

locomotives to support Pacific National’s coal haulage 
services in New South Wales. The fleet will be delivered 
progressively between mid-2011 and mid-2012 and Downer 
will maintain these locomotives for Pacific National;

 – an order for seven new standard gauge diesel electric 

locomotives for GWA. The locomotives will be delivered in 
the fourth quarter of 2011 and Downer will maintain these 
locomotives for GWA; and

 – a contract extension for four new narrow gauge diesel 
electric locomotives to support Pacific National’s coal 
haulage services in Queensland. These locomotives 
will be delivered in the second quarter of 2012 and be 
maintained by Downer. 

In addition, Downer (through a joint venture with Keolis), 
was a member of the GoldLinQ Consortium that was the 
successful proponent for the Gold Coast Rapid Transport 
Project.

enGIneerInG

 – Total revenue of $2.3 billion, up 21.4 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT of $72.0 million, down 36.0 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT margin of 3.1 per cent, down 2.8 ppts

 – ROFE of 18.3 per cent, down 8.1 ppts

 – Work-in-hand of $2.2 billion

The increase in total revenue during the year was driven 
by projects including Collgar Wind Farms (Western 
Australia), the Mangoola coal project (New South 
Wales), the Curragh expansion (central Queensland) 
and construction of transmission lines from Yabulu South 
to Ingham (north Queensland).

The main reasons for the lower EBIT and EBIT margin 
performance were very competitive market conditions, high 
tender costs, the cost of maintaining capacity following 
delayed projects, and a number of underperforming 
contracts, particularly Curragh. Action is being taken to 
address the underperforming projects. In addition, wet 
weather had a $6.8 million impact on Downer Engineering’s 
EBIT for the year. 

Downer Engineering won a number of new projects during 
the year, including:

 – a contract with OneSteel Manufacturing Pty Ltd to 

construct an iron ore beneficiation plant in Iron Baron, 
South Australia. The contract, valued at more than 
$60 million, is for the design, procurement, construction 
and commissioning of all process equipment as well as site 
preparation and civil works; and

 – a $120 million contract with Karara Mining Limited for the 
construction of a 180 kilometre, 330kV power transmission 
line from the Karara Iron Ore Project to Eneabba in 
Western Australia.

On 3 August 2011, Downer announced it was conducting a 
review of CPG Asia, CPG Australia and CPG New Zealand, 
including the potential divestment of these consultancy 
businesses, as part of its ongoing focus on optimising the 

 – Underlying EBIT of $54.0 million, down 47.5 per cent

 – Underlying EBIT margin of 2.6 per cent, down 2.3 ppts

 – ROFE of 10.8 per cent, down 5.6 ppts

 – Work-in-hand of $5.2 billion

Downer Works’ profitability was significantly affected by 
prolonged and severe wet weather, particularly in Eastern 
Australia. Wet weather had an estimated adverse impact of 
$10 million on the Australian and New Zealand Works business 
during the year.

New Zealand is experiencing ongoing tough economic 
conditions, with discounting putting pressure on margins. 
There has been a significant reduction in expenditure by 
central and local governments.

The severity of the Christchurch earthquake of 22 February 
2011 placed further pressure on maintenance and 
infrastructure expenditure across New Zealand. Government 
spending was reallocated and customers implemented 
expenditure freezes as they assessed the impact of the 
earthquake. The negative impact on EBIT as a consequence 
of the earthquake was about $10.0 million.

On 3 May 2011, Downer signed an interim alliance agreement 
with the Christchurch Earthquake Recovery Authority (CERA), 
New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) and Christchurch 
City Council for the rebuilding of earthquake-damaged 
infrastructure in Christchurch. The agreement covers the 
rebuilding of city roads, sewerage, water supply pipes and 
parks damaged in the earthquakes and is part of an alliance 
involving several other parties expected to undertake works 
valued at more than NZ$2 billion over five years.

Despite the severe weather and difficult market conditions, 
Downer Works maintained its market leading position 
and secured a number of contract wins during the year, 
including:

 – (with joint venture partner Mouchel) three Integrated 
Service Agreements (ISAs) with Main Roads Western 
Australia for the delivery of fence-to-fence road network 
asset management. Under these three ISAs (Metropolitan, 
Mid-West and Gascoyne), Downer Mouchel will manage 
6,600 road kilometres and the contracts will deliver 
annualised revenues of approximately $50 million over the 
next 10 years;

 – a five year contract renewal, valued at over $30 million, 
to deliver routine road maintenance services on Yarra 
Ranges Council’s road network east of Melbourne;

 – a contract with Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) 
to undertake rail upgrade work as part of the Federal 
Government’s Nation Building Rail Investment; and

 – an 18 month extension of the V1 Alliance with ARTC for 

rail track maintenance and infrastructure work in Victoria 
and southern New South Wales, continuing an alliance 
relationship spanning more than 10 years.

annuaL report 2011  5

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

waratah traIn proJeCt

The first Waratah train received a certificate of Practical 
Completion from RailCorp on 30 June 2011, entered 
passenger service on 1 July 2011 and is performing well. 
The second Waratah train was presented to RailCorp for 
Practical Completion on 28 July 2011.

Dr Grant Thorne was appointed a Non-executive Director of 
Downer on 1 July 2010 and Chris Renwick retired as a Non-
executive Director on 9 December 2010 after serving on the 
Board for six years. 

Downer will continue the process of Board renewal in 2012 
as appropriate.

Train Sets 3 to 6 are scheduled for delivery to RailCorp before 
the end of the 2011 calendar year.

ChangES In STaTE Of affaIRS

downer auStraLIa

Downer announced on 22 February 2011 that its Australian 
Works, Engineering, Emerging Sectors and CPG Resources 
businesses would be combined into one division, 
Downer Australia. 

From 1 July 2011, the Downer Group consists of four divisions – 
Downer Australia, Downer New Zealand, Downer Mining and 
Downer Rail. 

Downer Australia is the Group’s largest division, contributing 
about half of its total revenue. It provides integrated solutions 
to support the critical infrastructure needs of our customers 
in the core markets of Minerals & Metals, Oil & Gas, Power, 
Transport Infrastructure, Water, Communications, Social 
Infrastructure and Property.

Downer will start reporting its results in line with the new 
structure in the 2012 financial year.

OuTlOOk

Downer has work-in-hand of around $20 billion, is strongly 
aligned to the resources and energy sectors and is well 
placed to capitalise on the pipeline of opportunities driven 
by those markets. Tendering activity has been very high 
over the past six months particularly in Downer Australia 
and Downer Rail.

There is short term risk relating to the timing of projects. It is also 
unclear at this point whether the broader financial market 
volatility will have a negative impact on the project pipeline.

Subject to the risks highlighted and general market conditions, 
Downer expects to deliver EBIT of around $340 million for the 
2012 financial year and NPAT of around $180 million.

BOaRD REnEwal

The process of Board renewal continued during the year. 
Peter Jollie AM did not stand for re-election as Chairman at 
the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 3 November 2010 
and Mike Harding was appointed Chairman following the 
AGM. Mr Harding was previously Deputy Chairman of Downer 
and has been an independent Non-executive Director of 
Downer since July 2008. 

During the financial year there was no significant change in 
the state of affairs of the consolidated entity other than that 
referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto. 

SuBSEquEnT EvEnTS

There have been no matters or circumstances other than 
those referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, 
that have arisen since the end of the financial year, that 
have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the 
operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the consolidated entity 
in subsequent financial years. 

fuTuRE DEvElOPmEnTS

Disclosure of information regarding likely developments in 
the operations of the consolidated entity in future financial 
years and the expected results of those operations is likely 
to result in unreasonable prejudice to the consolidated 
entity. Accordingly, this information has not been disclosed 
in this report. 

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders – clients, 
shareholders, employees, contractors and the community – to 
operate in a way that advances sustainability and mitigates 
our environmental impact. As a corporate citizen we respect 
the places and communities in which we operate. Our values 
and beliefs are the spirit that underpins everything we do and 
we are committed to conducting our operations in a manner 
that is environmentally responsible and sustainable.

The Board oversees the company’s environmental 
performance through regular reports. It has established a 
sustainability charter and strategy and has allocated internal 
responsibilities for reducing the impact of our operations 
and business activities on the environment. In addition, all 
Downer divisions conduct regular environmental audits by 
independent third parties. The international environmental 
standard, ISO 14001, is used by Downer as a benchmark in 
assessing, improving and maintaining the environmental 
integrity of its business management systems. The Company’s 
divisions also adhere to environmental management 
requirements established by customers in addition to all 
applicable license and regulatory requirements.

6  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

DIvIDEnDS

The Board did not resolve to pay an interim or final dividend for the 2011 financial year.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2010 financial year, a final dividend of 16 cents per share (unfranked, 100 per cent 
Conduit Foreign Income) was paid to the holders of fully paid ordinary shares on 1 October 2010 in respect of the financial year 
ended 30 June 2010. 

EmPlOyEE DISCOunT ShaRE Plan (ESP)

1,884,000 shares were issued under the terms of the ESP during the 2011 financial year (2010: nil). Further details about the 
employee discount share plan are disclosed in Note 34 to the financial statements.

ExECuTIvE ShaRE OPTIOn SChEmE 2006 (EOS)

No options were granted under the EOS during the 2011 financial year (2010: nil). Further details on the executive share option 
plan are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

ShaRE OPTIOnS

No performance options or rights were granted or exercised during the year ended 30 June 2011. Grants of performance 
rights and performance options made to executives during the year ended 30 June 2007 were re-tested during the year. 
All performance rights and performance options lapsed as a result of failing the test.

There are no performance rights or performance options outstanding.

InDEmnIfICaTIOn Of OffICERS anD auDITORS

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company (as 
named above), the Company Secretary, all executive officers of the Company and of any related body corporate against a 
liability incurred as a director, secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium. 

Under the Downer Constitution, Downer indemnifies, to the extent permitted by law, each Director and Company Secretary of 
Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred as such an officer of Downer. The Directors listed on page 3, the Company 
Secretaries listed on page 3, individuals who act as a director or company secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and certain 
individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability incurred as such an officer or auditor.

DIRECTORS’ mEETIngS

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 
2011 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee 
member). During the year, 24 Board meetings, six Audit Committee meetings, six Remuneration Committee meetings, three Risk 
Committee meetings, three Zero Harm Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
meetings were held. In addition, 11 ad hoc meetings (attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters 
including tender review and contract review.

Director

R M Harding

P E J Jollie

G A Fenn

G H Knox

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick

C G Thorne

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

24

11

24

4

24

24

24

14

24

24

11

24

3

24

23

21

9

23

–

2

–

–

6

–

6

3

4

–

2

–

–

6

–

4

2

4

3

3

–

–

6

6

–

–

–

3

3

–

–

6

6

–

–

–

annuaL report 2011  7

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Director

R M Harding

P E J Jollie

G A Fenn

G H Knox

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick

C G Thorne

Risk Committee

Zero Harm Committee

Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

2

2

–

–

3

3

–

–

1

2

1

–

–

3

3

–

–

1

3

–

2

1

–

–

1

2

2

3

–

2

1

–

–

–

2

2

1

1

–

–

1

2

2

1

–

1

1

–

–

1

2

1

1

–

* these columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a director or member of the relevant 
Board Committee.

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The consolidated 
entity’s corporate governance statement is set out at page 116 of this Annual Report.

nOn-auDIT SERvICES

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit Committee reviews the independence of the external auditors on an 
annual basis. This process includes confirmation from the auditors that, in their professional judgment, they are independent 
of the consolidated entity. To ensure that there is no potential conflict of interest in work undertaken by our external auditors 
(Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu), they may only provide services that are consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice from the Audit Committee, is satisfied that the 
provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 
by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed below do not compromise the external auditors’ independence, 
based on advice received from the Audit Committee, for the following reasons:

 – all non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of 

the auditor; and

 – none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or 
jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on page 33 of this Annual Report.

During the year details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

Tax Services

Audit related services

Due diligence, capital raising and other non-audit services

 June 2011 
$

June 2010 
$

228,372

73,474

810,694

1,112,540

 729,717

54,529

96,000

880,246

ROunDIng Of amOunTS

The company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/0100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that class order, 
amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have, unless otherwise stated, been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars.

8  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

REmunERaTIOn REPORT – auDITED

The remuneration report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), 
which includes Non-executive Directors and the most senior group executives, for the year to 30 June 2011. Reference to 
executives in this report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The report covers the following matters:

1.   Remuneration policy, principles and practices;

2.   Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;

3.   The Board’s role in remuneration;

4.   Description of Non-executive Director remuneration;

5.   Description of executive remuneration;

6.   Details of Director and executive remuneration;

7.   Key terms of employment contracts; and

8.   Legacy equity-based remuneration plans.

Summary of ChanGeS to remuneratIon poLICy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy was reviewed during the period. The review considered Company strategy, reward 
plans based on performance measurement and stakeholder feedback on prior practices. As a result of this continuous 
improvement process, there have been changes to the policy. These are noted in the various sections of this report and are 
summarised in the table below.

Feedback

Response

Level of short-term incentive (STI) payments was high 

 – STI only payable if EBIT of at least 90 per cent of target profit 

Peer group for the relative TSR long-term incentive (LTI) 
tranche is too broad

is achieved;

 – For corporate executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the 

Group budgeted profit target. For business unit executives, 
the hurdle is 90 per cent of the business unit budgeted profit 
target. Only two executives named in this report met this 
criteria and were awarded an STI; and

 – Zero Harm remains an important feature with a subsequent 

serious incident gateway for any Zero Harm bonus to be paid.

The ASX100 was retained with the Financials sector excluded 
as the financial services sector is subject to an additional 
regulatory regime to other ASX100 companies, impacting their 
comparability for relative performance assessment.

Consideration was given to using a smaller group of direct 
competitors for customers, however:

 – this was considered not to represent all competitors for 

capital and executives;

 – limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct 
competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from 
period to period, which may have unintended behavioural 
consequences impacting risk; and

 – management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s 

ranking among ASX100 companies has become embedded 
in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to 
dislodge it with another focus is considered desirable.

Dividends paid on unvested LTI shares

 – Dividends are no longer paid on unvested LTI with the latest 

Approval of LTI grant to the Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer of Downer (Managing Director) 
was not sought

grant; and

 – Dividends accrue on unvested shares and are only paid on 
shares that vest once all vesting conditions for those shares 
are met.

Shareholder approval is being sought for the 2012 LTI grant.

annuaL report 2011  9

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

1. REmunERaTIOn POlICy, PRInCIPlES anD PRaCTICES

1.1 non-exeCutIve dIreCtor remuneratIon poLICy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain 
Directors with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company’s success.

1.2 exeCutIve remuneratIon poLICy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

Policy

Practices aligned with policy

Attract experienced, proven performers

Retain experienced, proven performers, and those considered 
to have high potential for succession

 – Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to 

attract proven and experienced executives from secure 
positions in other companies.

 – Provide remuneration that is internally equitable and fair; 

and

 – Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on service and 

sustained performance.

Focus performance

 – Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on 

performance; 

 – Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by 

linking pay to their achievement; and

 – Require profitability to reach an acceptable level before 

any bonus payments can be made.

Provide a Zero Harm environment 

 – Incorporate “Zero Harm” for our employees, contractors, 

Manage risk

Align executive interests with those of shareholders

10  downer edI LImIted

communities and the environment as a significant 
component of reward.

 – Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for 

achieving both short-term results and longer-term results;

 – Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with 

reasonable but not excessive risk taking;

 – Cap maximum incentive payments to moderate risk taking;

 – Do not provide significant “cliff” reward vesting that may 

encourage excessive risk taking as a performance threshold 
is approached;

 – Long-term performance is assessed using multiple 

measures, diversifying risk and limiting the prospects of 
unintended consequences from focusing on just one 
measure;

 – Require service beyond performance periods for reward 
vesting to encourage retention and allow forfeiture of 
rewards that are the result of misconduct or material 
adjustments;

 – The Board retains discretion to vary incentive payments in 

the event of excessive risk taking;

 – Staggered testing of performance at the end of the 

financial year (STIs) and calendar year (LTIs) encourages 
performance sustainability and reduces the chance of 
excessive risk taking to maximise reward at one testing time; 
and

 – Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure 

compliance with the Company’s Share Trading Policy.

 – Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as 
shares so part of executive reward is linked to shareholder 
value performance; 

 – Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for 

the three most senior executives;

 – Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading 

restriction for all executives; and

 – Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject 
to a trading lock to ensure alignment with shareholder 
outcomes.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

2. RElaTIOnShIP BETwEEn REmunERaTIOn POlICy anD COmPany PERfORmanCE

Remuneration is linked to performance by:

 – Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to vary with short-term and long-term performance;

 – Introducing a profitability gateway to be achieved by the Company before an STI calculation for executives is made;

 – Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to assess performance; and

 – Ensuring that these measures focus management on strategic business objectives that create shareholder value.

Downer measures performance on the following key corporate measures:

 – Earnings per share (EPS) growth; 

 – Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX100 companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies); 

 – Earnings before interest and tax expense (EBIT);

 – Operating cash flow;

 – Development of our people; and

 – “Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on these key measures.

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX100 over the 
three year period to 30 June 2011.

Downer EDI TSR compared to peer group median*

)
0
0
1
o

t

d
e
x
e
d
n
i
(
n
r
u
e
R
r

t

l

e
d
o
h
e
a
h
S

r

l

t

a
o
T

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

30/06/08 

Downer EDI TSR

Peer Group median TSR

30/09/08 

31/12/08 

31/03/09 

30/06/09 

30/09/09 

31/12/09 

31/03/10 

30/06/10 

30/09/10 

31/12/10 

31/03/11 

30/06/11 

*Peer group is S&P/ASX100 companies as at 30/06/2008 

annuaL report 2011  11

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The table below shows the performance of Downer against key financial indicators over the last five years

Revenue including joint ventures and associates and 
other income

Earnings before interest and tax (after significant items)

Net profit/(loss) after tax (after significant items)

Operating cash flow

Share price at start of the year*

Share price at end of the year

Interim dividend (cents)

Final dividend (cents)

Total Shareholder Return 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Earnings per share growth (%)

Earnings growth rate %

2007 
$’000

2008 
$’000

2009 
$’000

2010 
$’000

2011 
$’000

5,422,157

5,587,647

5,941,391

6,055,935

6,975,104

128,661

101,498

106,156

7.44

7.36

13cps

8cps

2%

165,842

276,031

7.36

6.87

13cps

12.5cps

(3%)

281,117

304,799

189,376

53,362

3,052

336,464

204,266

6.87

5.59

13cps

16cps

(14%)

5.59

3.60

13.1cps

16cps

(30%)

25,663

(27,700)

185,625

3.48

3.70

-

-

6%

31.3cps

47.9cps

54.4cps

(2.4cps)

(10.5cps)

 473% 

507%

53% 

63%

 14%

14%

 (104%)

(338%)

(98%)

(1,008%)

* the opening value for 2011 has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the accelerated renounceable rights offer during the year.

The chart below illustrates Downer’s performance on lost time injuries (LTIFR) and total recordable injuries (TRIFR) over the last 
three years.

)
R
F
I
R
T
(
d
e
k
r

o
w
s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

l

e
b
a
d
o
c
e
R

r

l

t

a
o
T

)
R
F
I
T
L
(
d
e
k
r

o
w
s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

e
m

i
T

t
s
o
L

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

LTIFR

TRIFR

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

Se p-08

D e c-08

M ar-09

Ju n-09

Se p-09

D e c-09

M ar-10

Ju n-10

Se p-10

D e c-10

M ar-11

Ju n-11

12  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

3. ThE BOaRD’S ROlE In REmunERaTIOn

The Board engages with shareholders, management and 
other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and 
improve executive and Director remuneration polices and 
practices. The refinement to the Company’s STI policy and 
the treatment of dividends on unvested LTIs in the 2011 year 
are the result of the Board’s engagement with stakeholders 
to seek feedback on the prior policy after the 2010 Annual 
General Meeting (AGM) vote on the remuneration report.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They 
are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and 
make recommendations to the Board in relation to senior 
executives in respect of:

 – executive remuneration and incentive policy;

 – remuneration of senior executives of the Company;

 – executive reward and its impact on risk management;

 – executive incentive plan;

 – equity based incentive plan;

 – superannuation arrangements;

 – recruitment, retention, performance measurement 
and termination policies and procedures for all key 
management personnel and senior executives reporting 
directly to the Managing Director;

 – disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public 

materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and

 – retirement payments.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is 
responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration 
arrangements for the Executive Directors and Non-executive 
Directors of the Company.

To ensure coordination of remuneration policy, the chairs 
of the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee are members of 
both Committees.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external 
professional advisers without seeking approval of the 
Board or management. During the reporting period, the 
Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates as 
its adviser. Guerdon Associates does not provide services to 
management and is considered to be independent.

4. DESCRIPTIOn Of nOn-ExECuTIvE DIRECTOR 
REmunERaTIOn

There has been no change to the basis of Non-executive 
Director fees since the prior reporting period.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked 
to the financial performance of the Company. The Board 
believes this is necessary for Non-executive Directors to 
maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of 
$2 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. 
The allocation of fees to Non-executive Directors within this 
cap has been determined after consideration of a number 
of factors including the time commitment of Directors, the 
size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of 

Board members, the quantum of fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors of comparable companies and participation in 
Board Committee work.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new 
Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of 
the Board changes, or at least every three years. Reference 
is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels 
and workload (i.e. number of meetings and the number of 
Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries 
other than the financial services sector, and the fee pools 
at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on 
the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any 
additional Directors for planned succession after allocation 
of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum 
(inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The 
other Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee 
of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional 
fees are paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair 
of the Audit Committee; $15,000 for the chair of the Zero 
Harm Committee, Remuneration Committee and the Risk 
Committee and $60,000 per annum for Lucio Di Bartolomeo’s 
additional services as a Director of Reliance Rail until his 
resignation in December 2010.

Under his original terms of appointment in 2001, John 
Humphrey is eligible for certain retirement benefits. Consistent 
with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations, the right 
to these retirement benefits has been frozen and has been 
fully provided for in the financial statements. Other Non-
executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. All 
Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory 
superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

5. DESCRIPTIOn Of ExECuTIvE REmunERaTIOn

5.1 exeCutIve remuneratIon StruCture

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a 
component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay 
varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually 
for performance periods covering one year and three years. 
Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. 
Payment for performance over a three year period is an LTI.

If Company performance exceeds that of competitors, 
realised total executive remuneration, including incentive 
payouts, will be in the top quartile of the market. In order for 
maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must exceed the 
planned budget for the period. This enables the Company to 
attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures 
pay outcomes are better aligned with shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable 
on achievement of planned objectives. For KMPs and other 
named executives, target STI is 75 per cent of the maximum 
STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned 
by an executive is capped. The maximums are determined 
as a percentage of fixed remuneration. These maximums 
are equal to or higher than most market peers. If maximum 
total remuneration is achieved, the proportions attributable 
to each incentive component for most executives will be as 
shown in the following table.

annuaL report 2011  13

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Executive position

Managing Director*

Executives appointed 
prior to 2011

Executives appointed 
during 2011*

Target STI % of  
fixed pay

Maximum STI % of  
fixed pay

Maximum LTI %  
of fixed pay

75

75

50

100

100

75

100

75

50

Maximum total 
performance  
based pay as %  
of fixed pay

200

175

125

*refer to Sections 5.3.4 and 5.4.5 for a description of variances from policy.

Policy regarding the maximum proportions of fixed pay that can be earned as incentive pay was amended in 2011 as a result 
of market reviews to bring total remuneration opportunity more into line with market standards and reduce the prospect of 
excessive risk taking.

The proportions of STI to LTI took into account:

 – Market practice;

 – The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;

 – The behaviours that the Board sought to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and

 – The requirement for the most senior executives to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after equity rewards 

have vested.

5.2 fIxed remuneratIon

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor 
vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to attract proven performers from secure employment elsewhere, while maintaining 
internal equity to retain proven performers whether sourced externally or internally. 

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a general industry peer group. While market 
levels of remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any 
adjustments will be made.

Adjustments to executive fixed remuneration in 2011 were to recognise changed responsibilities and accountabilities or 
significant variations from market levels.

Target and maximum incentive payments are set as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

5.3 Short-term InCentIve 

5.3.1 STI OVERVIEW

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance 
measured over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2011. 

The basis of the plan has changed from the prior period to better align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a 
minimum of 90 per cent of the relevant budgeted profit target is met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the 
Group budgeted profit target. For business unit executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the business unit budgeted profit target. 
Profit for this purpose is defined as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). This minimum must be of a materially sufficient 
size to justify the payment of STI to an executive.

As noted in section 5.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

The STI payment is made in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. No part of the STI is deferred, as Directors believe 
risk management is carefully addressed by other remuneration policies. Nevertheless, this aspect of policy remains under review, 
given emerging market trends to defer part of STI. 

14  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

5.3.2 HOW STI PAYMENTS ARE ASSESSED 

Target STI plan per cent of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a 
percentage of fixed remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according 
to policy tabulated in section 5.1.

Organisational or divisional scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. 
Threshold and maximums are also set.

Individual performance modifier (IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an 
IPM against their key performance indicators and relative performance. 
Individual key performance indicators are set between the individual and 
the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the Board 
(if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must 
average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculation

Fixed remuneration x target STI plan per cent x scorecard result x IPM

5.3.3 STI PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Overall Company performance is assessed on company EBIT, operational cash flow, Zero Harm and a measure of “people 
empowerment”. This was changed from the prior year in order to capture more diverse measures of Company performance 
across both STI and LTI for valid assessment and better risk management.

EBIT includes joint ventures and associates and adjustments including changes in accounting policy, material asset sales and 
material acquisitions or divestments.

Operating Cash Flow is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus 
distributions received from joint ventures or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets 
less net interest less tax paid). 

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element includes 
the following safety measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the communities 
it operates in:

 – Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked 

in 12 months;

 – Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is calculated as the number of lost time Injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 

12 months.

Where a fatality or serious environmental incident occurs, the Zero Harm portion of the STI is either foregone or significantly reduced.

People measures include the proportion of performance plans and reviews completed.

Weightings applied to the 2011 STI scorecard measures for all senior executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in 
the table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

40%

40%  
(10% Group, 
30% business unit)

Operational cash flow

Zero Harm

People

20%

20%  
(5% Group, 
15% business unit)

30%

30%

10%

10%

The Board, in its discretion, may approve payment that varies by up to + or – 15 per cent from the payment applicable to the 
level of performance achieved. The Board has resolved to increase its discretion to up to + or – 100 per cent for the 2012 STI 
period onwards for new employees and where existing contractual arrangements allow. 

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 6.4.

annuaL report 2011  15

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

5.3.4 STI TABULAR SUMMARY

The following table outlines the major features of the 2011 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12 month period;

 – Improve “Zero Harm” results; and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12 month 

performance.

Minimum performance “gateway” before any 
payments can be made

90 per cent of budgeted EBIT for the business unit applicable to the 
executive, i.e. the Company EBIT for the Managing Director and corporate 
executives and business unit EBIT for business unit heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned

 – Executives appointed pre 2011: up to 100 per cent of fixed remuneration

 – Executives appointed in 2011: up to 75 per cent of fixed remuneration

Percentage of STI that can be earned on 
achieving target expectations

75 per cent of the maximum. For an executive to receive more will require 
performance in excess of target expectations.

Individual performance modifier

 – An IPM may be applied against an executive’s individual key 

Discretion to vary payments

performance indicators and relative performance; and

 – moderate individual performance may result in a an IPM of less than 1 

or outstanding performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM 
must average 1 across all participants.

The Board, in its discretion, may approve payment that varies by up 
to + or – 15 per cent from the payment applicable to the level of 
performance achieved.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011.

August 2011, following release of audited accounts.

Additional service period after performance 
period for payment to be made

None.

Payment made

Payment vehicle

Performance requirements

New recruits

Terminating executives

September 2011.

Cash.

Group and divisional EBIT, operational cash flow, Zero Harm and 
people measures.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to 
participate in the STI in the year in which they commence in their position 
with a pro-rata entitlement.

There is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior 
to the end of the financial year.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

There have been three variations from policy during this financial period:

 – Grant Fenn was appointed Managing Director on 30 July 2010. At this time, short-term concerns associated with meeting 

delivery schedules for the Waratah trains contract were impacting shareholder value. The Board used its discretion to grant 
100,000 shares with vesting contingent on meeting contract delivery obligations for the practical completion of the first 
Waratah train in December 2010. This milestone was not attained, and this share grant lapsed. A further 200,000 shares were 
granted for completion of delivery milestones for Waratah Train Sets two to six by 30 September 2011, with final vesting after 
this performance test contingent on an additional 2.25 years service. The current delivery schedule indicates that this hurdle 
will not be met and accordingly that these shares are unlikely to vest. These shares were granted in lieu of pro rata LTI shares 
on Mr Fenn’s appointment to the position of Managing Director. See section 7 for further detail.

 – Kevin Fletcher was appointed Chief Financial Officer on 2 November 2010. In his previous role with the Company, Mr Fletcher 

was entitled to a maximum STI of 100 per cent and maximum LTI of 75 per cent. The Board used its discretion to maintain these 
participation levels for Mr Fletcher upon appointment to his new role. External benchmarking confirms that Mr Fletcher’s total 
remuneration package is in line with market levels.

 – Peter Borden was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Downer Rail on 3 December 2010. In his previous role with the 

Company, Mr Borden was entitled to a maximum STI of 100 per cent and maximum LTI of 50 per cent. The Board used its 
discretion to maintain the STI participation level for Mr Borden upon appointment to his new role. External benchmarking 
confirms that Mr Borden’s total remuneration package is in line with market levels.

Apart from the Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining, no KMP received an STI payment for 2011 performance as the 90 per 
cent of EBIT gateway test was not met. The Chief Executive Officer – Downer Asia also received an STI payment having passed 
the EBIT gateway test.

16  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

5.4 LonG-term InCentIve 

5.4.1 LTI OVERVIEW

Executives participate in an LTI plan. This is an equity-based 
plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company 
performance over three year measures of performance. 
Three year measures of performance are considered to be 
the maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive 
targets for earnings per share.

The payment is in the form of restricted shares. The shares 
are purchased and held in a trust. This allows the Company 
to align the timing of its tax deduction with the impact 
on cash flow. Dividends on the shares held in trust are 
distributed to executives, prior to any vesting of the shares. 
Directors note that these dividends are proportional to profit, 
which reinforces the focus on performance and alignment 
with the interests of shareholders provided by this form of 
remuneration. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, the Board has 
resolved not to distribute dividends on shares held in trust 
during the performance measurement and service periods. 
Accumulated dividends will be distributed to executives after 
all vesting conditions have been met.

The 2011 LTI represents an entitlement to ordinary shares 
subject to satisfaction of both a performance condition and 
a continued employment condition. Grants are in two equal 
tranches, with each tranche subject to an independent 
performance requirement. The performance requirements for 
both tranches share two common features:

1.   once minimum performance conditions are met, the 

proportion of shares that qualifies for vesting gradually 
increases pro rata with performance. This approach 
avoids “cliff” vesting, where a large proportion of reward 
either vests or does not vest either side of a minimum 
performance requirement. This approach reduces the 
incentive for excessive risk taking; and

2.   the maximum reward is capped at a ‘stretch’ 

performance level that is considered attainable without 
excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2011 LTI grants is measured over the 
three year period to 31 December 2013. The Board is of the 
view that with STI assessed at the end of the financial year, 
assessing LTI at the end of the calendar year reduces risk 
because:

 – incentive rewards are contingent on different 

measurement dates. This reduces the likelihood of 
excessive risk taking because attempts to maximise reward 
at one point in the year could adversely affect incentive 
reward outcomes at the next measurement point; and

 – the risk of executive turnover is reduced given that 
incentives do not all vest at one time in the year.

The proportion of shares that can vest will be calculated 
in February 2014, but executives must remain in service 
until 31 December 2014, (or, but for payment in lieu of 
notice, would have remained in service until 31 December 
2014) before they receive any shares. This additional 
service requirement is to further enhance Company risk 
management by:

 – encouraging retention;

 – allowing discovery of any factors that could contribute 
to financial restatement that may result in forfeiture 
of reward;

 – allowing for a review of executive behaviours to ensure 
they have complied with the Company’s ethical and 
risk management guidelines and standards of business 
conduct; and

 – maintaining shareholder alignment for a longer period.

After vesting, the shares remain in trust and are subject to 
a trading restriction that is governed by the Remuneration 
Committee. The Remuneration Committee considers 
requests to lift the trading restriction after reviewing executive 
compliance with insider trading policy guidelines.

All vested and unvested shares held in the trust will be 
forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has 
committed an act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct 
or in other circumstances specified by the Board.

5.4.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

One tranche of restricted shares in the 2011 LTI grant 
qualifies for vesting subject to performance relative to other 
companies, while the other tranche of restricted shares 
qualifies for vesting subject to an absolute performance 
requirement.

The relative performance requirement is based on total 
shareholder return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference 
in share price over the performance period, plus the value 
of shares earned from reinvesting dividends received over 
this period, expressed as a percentage of the share price 
at the beginning of the performance period. If the TSR for 
each company in the comparator group is ranked from 
highest to lowest, the median TSR is the percentage return to 
shareholders that exceeds the TSR for half of the comparison 
companies. The 75th percentile TSR is the percentage 
return required to exceed the TSR for 75 per cent of the 
comparison companies.

Shares in the tranche to which the relative TSR performance 
requirement applies vest pro rata between the median and 
75th percentile. That is, 0 per cent of the tranche vest at the 
50th percentile, 4 per cent at the 51st percentile, 8 per cent 
at the 52nd percentile and so on until 100 per cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2011 LTI grant is the companies, 
excluding financial services companies, in the ASX100 index 
as at the start of the performance period on 1 January 2011. 
Consideration was given to using a smaller group of direct 
competitors for customers, however:

 – this was considered not to represent all competitors for 

capital and executives;

 – limiting the comparator group to a small number of 

direct competitors could result in very volatile outcomes 
from period to period, which may have unintended 
behavioural consequences impacting risk; and

 – management’s strong focus on improving the 

Company’s ranking among ASX100 companies has 
become embedded in Company culture, so reinforcing 
this rather than trying to dislodge it with another focus is 
considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the 
other tranche of shares is based on EPS growth over the 
three year performance period to 31 December 2013. The 
EPS measure conforms to AASB 133 Earnings per Share and is 
externally audited.

annuaL report 2011  17

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The tranche of shares dependent on the EPS performance condition vests pro rata between 6 per cent compound annual EPS 
growth and 12 per cent compound annual EPS growth.

The minimum EPS growth hurdle was set by reference to a higher earnings hurdle that excludes the impact of announced profit 
write-downs, while the maximum reflects the maximum projected in long-term strategic plans approved by the Board.

The graduated rate of vesting from meeting the minimum EPS growth performance requirement is more conservative than 
most companies that have an EPS growth performance requirement. Downer’s Directors believe that more graduated vesting 
provides better risk management because it reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking stemming from executives having 
very significant difference in reward outcomes either side of a performance “cliff”.

Likewise, capping maximum reward outcomes at 12 per cent annual compound EPS growth reduces the tendency for excessive 
risk taking and volatility that may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar is set above 12 per cent.

5.4.3 POST-VESTING SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINE

The Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Australia and Chief Financial Officer are required to continue holding 
shares after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been attained. This guideline requires that they hold vested 
performance shares equal in value to 100 per cent of their fixed remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow variations from these guideline requirements in exceptional circumstances.

The guideline requirement policy has been developed to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests.

5.4.4 CHANGES FROM PRIOR PERIOD

The 2011 LTI plan differs from the 2010 LTI plan in two ways:

 – dividends accrued on unvested shares are only paid out after all vesting conditions have been met for the shares that vest. 
Otherwise, excess dividends are returned to the Company or used to acquire additional shares on market for employee 
equity plans. Directors authorised this change as a result of feedback from stakeholders; and

 – financial services companies are excluded from the relative TSR ASX100 comparison group of companies. The Board 

considered this appropriate given that the financial services sector is subject to an additional regulatory regime to other 
ASX100 companies, impacting their comparability for relative performance assessment.

5.4.5 LTI TABULAR SUMMARY

The following table outlines the major features of the 2011 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three year period;

 – Manage risk by countering any tendency to overemphasise short-term 
performance to the detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; 
and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term 

performance.

Maximum value of equity that can be granted

 – Managing Director: 100 per cent of fixed remuneration. 

 – Other executives appointed pre-2011: 75 per cent of fixed remuneration.

 – Other executives appointed in 2011: 50 per cent of fixed remuneration.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 January 2011 to 31 December 2013.

February 2014.

Additional service period after performance 
period for shares to vest

Shares for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied 
will not vest unless executives remain employed with the Group on 
31 December 2014.

Shares vest

Payment vehicle

Performance conditions

18  downer edI LImIted

1 January 2015.

Restricted shares.

There are two performance conditions. Each applies to half the shares 
granted to each executive.

relative tSr
The relative total shareholder return (TSR) performance condition is based 
on the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance relative to the 
TSR of companies comprising the ASX100 index, excluding financial services 
companies, at the start of the performance period, measured over the three 
years to 31 December 2013.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Performance conditions  
– continued

The performance vesting scale applicable to the shares subject to the relative 
TSR test is:

downer edI Limited’s tSr 
ranking

per cent of shares subject to tSr condition that 
qualify for vesting

50th percentile or less

0 per cent

Above 50th and below 
75th percentile

Pro rata so that 4 per cent of the restricted 
shares in the tranche vest for every one percent 
increase between the 50th percentile and 75th 
percentile 

75th percentile and above 100 per cent

epS growth
The earnings per share (EPS) growth performance condition is based on 
the Company’s compound annual EPS growth over the three years to 
31 December 2013. 

The performance vesting scale applicable to the shares subject to the EPS 
growth test is:

downer edI Limited’s epS 
compound annual growth

per cent of shares subject to epS condition that 
qualify for vesting

<6 per cent

0 per cent

6 per cent to <12 per cent

16.67 per cent of the restricted shares in the 
tranche vest for every one percent increase in 
EPS growth between 6 per cent and 12 per cent, 
on a pro rata basis

12 per cent or more

100 per cent

Are shares acquired on-market or newly issued? Shares are normally acquired on-market and placed in trust to:

Treatment of dividends and voting rights on 
restricted shares

Restriction on hedging

Restriction on trading

New recruits

Terminating executives

Change of control

 – minimise dilution; and

 – obtain a tax deduction aligned with the cash flow being incurred.

For the 2011 LTI grant, there were sufficient forfeited shares in the scheme to 
cover the allocation to executives.

Dividends are received by the trust. The trust either uses dividends to acquire 
additional shares or distributes to executives the dividends that accrued 
during the vesting period on shares that vest, when they vest.

Hedging of entitlements under the plan is not permitted.

Vested shares may only be released from the trust with the approval of the 
Remuneration Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the 
Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to 
participate in the LTI on the first grant date applicable to all executives 
after they commence in their position, with an additional pro rata 
entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior 
calendar year.

All shares in the 2011 LTI grant will be forfeited where an executive’s 
employment terminates prior to 31 December 2014 (unless, but for payment 
in lieu of notice, the executive would have remained in service until 
31 December 2014).

Providing at least 12 months of the grant’s performance period have 
elapsed, unvested shares pro rated with the elapsed service period are 
tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR or EPS 
growth requirements for that relevant period. Shares that have already 
been tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the 
completion of the service condition, fully vest.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

annuaL report 2011  19

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

There have been three variations from policy during this 
financial period:

The named persons held their current position for the whole 
of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

 – The Board decided to include approval of the 2012 LTI 
grant for the Managing Director in the business of the 
2011  AGM;

 – Kevin Fletcher was appointed Chief Financial Officer on 
2 November 2010. In his previous role with the company, 
Mr Fletcher was entitled to a maximum STI of 100 per 
cent and maximum LTI of 75 per cent. The Board used 
its discretion to maintain these participation levels 
for Mr Fletcher upon his appointment to his new role. 
External benchmarking confirms that Mr Fletcher’s total 
remuneration package is in line with market levels; and

 – Under a fixed term contractual arrangement, David Cattell 
will not receive grants for 2011 and 2012 under the LTI plan. 
For further detail see section 7.1.

P Borden 

C Bruyn   

D Cattell 

S Cinerari 

K Fletcher 

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail, 
appointed 1 November 2010, Acting Chief 
Executive Officer – Downer Rail, 1 July 2010 
to 31 October 2010)

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer 
New Zealand and United Kingdom)

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer 
Australia, appointed 22 February 2011, 
Chief Operating Officer 1 July 2010 to 
21 February 2011)

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Works 
Australia)

 (Chief Financial Officer, appointed 
2 November 2010, Acting Chief Financial 
Officer, 30 July 2010 to 1 November 2010)

E Kolatchew 

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer 
Engineering, resigned 21 February 2011)

D Overall 

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining)

Certain employees have been included in this report as they 
were among the five highest remunerated employees of the 
Group or the parent entity. The named persons held their 
current position for the whole of the most recent financial 
year, except as noted:

S Dodds  

R Moffat  

P Reidy   

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Asia)

 (Executive General Manager – Investor 
Relations)

 (Chief Strategy & Growth Officer – Downer 
Australia, appointed 3 March 2011, Chief 
Executive Officer – Emerging Sectors, 1 July 
2010 to 2 March 2011)

6. DETaIlS Of DIRECTOR anD ExECuTIvE 
REmunERaTIOn

6.1 dIreCtorS and exeCutIveS

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company 
during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

R M Harding 

 (Chairman, appointed 3 November 
2010, Deputy Chairman, 1 July 2010 to 
2 November 2010)

P E J Jollie AM 

 (Chairman, resigned 3 November 2010)

G A Fenn  

 (Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer, appointed 30 July 2010, Finance 
Director and Chief Financial Officer, 
1 July 2010 to 29 July 2010)

G H Knox 

 (Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer, resigned 30 July 2010)

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick AM (resigned 9 December 2010)

C G Thorne

The term “executives” applies to key management personnel 
(KMP) who are not Non-executive Directors.

20  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

6.2 remuneratIon reCeIved In reLatIon to the 2011 fInanCIaL year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in 
the form of restricted shares that vest four or five years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment 
conditions. 

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2011 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, STIs 
relating to 2011 and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2011 financial year. This information differs to that provided in 
the statutory remuneration table at section 6.3 which has been prepared in accordance with accounting standards.

Bonus paid  
or payable  
in respect  
of current  
year  
$

Fixed  
remuneration 1  
$

Termination  
benefits  
$

Total cash  
payments  
$

Equity that 
vested during
20112
$

Total 
remuneration 
received  
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

P E J Jollie

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick

C G Thorne

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

E Kolatchew

D Overall

Other named executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

Total

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

1,741,419

342,937

740,465

616,384

1,651,505

651,056

733,599

872,274

917,414

778,817

563,746

833,261

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

702,644

523,939

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,741,419

301,167

2,000,000

2,342,937

1,130,010

–

–

–

–

–

865,479

–

–

–

–

740,465

616,384

1,651,505

651,056

733,599

1,737,753

1,620,058

1,302,756

563,746

833,261

–

134,785

601,645

156,445

–

–

398,928

144,410

216,853

239,442

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

2,042,586

3,472,947

740,465

751,169

2,253,150

807,501

733,599

1,737,753

2,018,986

1,447,166

780,599

1,072,703

11,774,565

1,226,583

2,865,479

15,866,627

3,323,685

19,190,312

1 

2 

 fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

 represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares 
that vested multiplied by the closing market price of downer shares on the vesting date.

annuaL report 2011  21

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

6.3 remuneratIon of dIreCtorS, key manaGement perSonneL and top fIve paId exeCutIveS

2011

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect 
of current 
year  

Non-

monetary  

Super-
annuation 
$

Termina-
tion 
benefits 
$

Salary  
and fees  

$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding6

P E J Jollie1

S A Chaplain3

L Di Bartolomeo4

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick1,5 

C G Thorne7

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox9

P Borden12

C Bruyn

D Cattell10

S Cinerari

K Fletcher1

E Kolatchew1,8

316,406

110,897

159,987

191,086

150,000

82,500

168,342

1,563,134

342,937

681,667

539,321

1,554,232

561,067

710,416

832,768

28,477

29,056

41,663

17,198

13,500

7,425

15,151

163,086

15,199

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

33,798

65,588

72,273

52,209

266

–

D Overall

887,897

702,644

17,415

Other named executives11

S Dodds12

R Moffat

P Reidy12

625,000

525,000

551,666

523,939

128,817

–

–

13,746

256,595

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 
$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Subtotal 
$

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

Total 
$

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

1,741,419

1,308,314

3,049,733

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,000,000

2,342,937

(1,306,996)

1,035,941

25,000

11,475

25,000

37,780

22,917

39,506

12,102

25,000

25,000

25,000

–

–

740,465

22,986

763,451

616,384

125,087

741,471

550,877

2,202,382

747,983

2,950,365

–

–

651,056

154,595

805,651

733,599

65,155

798,754

865,479

1,737,753

20,102

1,757,855

–

–

–

–

1,620,058

255,274

1,875,332

1,302,756

165,324

1,468,080

563,746

833,261

270,950

834,696

279,198

1,112,459

10,554,323

1,226,583

803,793

416,449

3,416,356

16,417,504

2,107,972

18,525,476

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

 amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel.

 represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period, in accordance with aaSB 2 Share-based payment, related 
to grants made to the executive. vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as 
outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2.

 S a Chaplain: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 audit Committee chair fee. an amount of $25,013 was salary sacrificed into 
superannuation.

 L di Bartolomeo: fees comprise payment of $165,000 for services rendered to downer ($150,000 Board fee, $15,000 remuneration Committee 
chair fee) and $26,086 for services rendered to reliance rail.

 C J S renwick: comprised of $75,000 Board fee and $7,500 Zero harm Committee chair fee.

 r m harding: comprised of $311,311 Board fee and $5,095 risk Committee chair fee.

7  C G thorne: comprised of $150,000 Board fee, $9,905 risk Committee chair fee and $8,437 Zero harm Committee chair fee.

8 

9 

 e kolatchew (resigned as Chief executive officer – downer engineering on 21 february 2011). Salary and fees includes payment for accrued 
annual leave of $45,917 and payment of $250,000 for the final instalment of sign-on payment. the termination payment was awarded in 
accordance with the terms of mr kolatchew’s employment contract.

 G knox (resigned 30 July 2010). Salary and fees includes payment for accrued annual leave entitlements of $176,270. the termination 
payment was awarded in accordance with the terms of mr knox’s employment contract. Share-based payments includes reversal of 
expense for forfeited equity incentives.

10   d Cattell: includes $104,470 cash-in of annual leave. termination benefits represents the accrual of cash benefits payable at the end of 

mr Cattell’s fixed term contract.

11   disclosure has been made due to the executive being one of the five highest remunerated employees of the consolidated group or 

parent entity.

12   due to the nature of the downer business, non-monetary benefits include living away from home expenses.

22  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

2010

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect 
of current 
year  

Non-

monetary  

Super- 
annuation  

Termina-
tion 
benefits  

Salary  
and fees  

$

Non-executive Directors

$

–

–

–

–

–

 - 

–

375,000

113,500

43,548

216,250

168,750

185,000

165,000

1,958,333

1,275,000

519,987

249,845

1,435,000

382,500

573,848

211,663

727,955

255,000

506,322

–

705,784

432,289

$

–

–

–

–

 - 

–

–

56,066

51,588

40,000

24,153

4,259

187

29,018

–

P E J Jollie

S A Chaplain

P R Coates1

L Di Bartolomeo5

R M Harding6 

J S Humphrey7 

C J S Renwick8 

Executives

G Knox

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

G Fenn1,3

W Nolan1,9 

D Overall

G Wannop

E Kolatchew1,4

637,150

203,184

666,925

172,610

71,367

Other named executives10

D O’Reilly

P Reichler

750,000

224,400

–

804,820

305,388

12,881

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 
$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Subtotal  

$

408,750

163,500

47,467

235,713

183,938

201,650

179,850

Total  

$

408,750

163,500

47,467

235,713

183,938

201,650

179,850

3,331,066

1,797,808

5,128,874

833,607

105,768

939,375

1,882,500

795,929

2,678,429

834,664

998,060

122,766

957,430

733,614

1,731,674

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

867,618

3,718

871,336

800,000

1,354,518

(694,006)

660,512

–

–

–

–

1,174,624

265,018

1,439,642

943,977

472,171

1,416,148

1,024,400

491,141

1,515,541

1,173,089

491,141

1,664,230

$

33,750

50,000

3,919

19,463

15,188

16,650

14,850

41,667

12,187

25,000

25,000

10,846

27,097

19,178

36,551

33,075

50,000

50,000

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10,553,172

3,711,879

289,519

484,421

800,000

15,838,991

4,585,068

20,424,059

 amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel.

 represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period, in accordance with aaSB 2 Share-based payment, related 
to grants made to the executive. vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as 
outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2.

 G fenn (commenced 6 october 2009). Share based payment transactions includes $663,966 in relation to sign on grants of 250,525 
restricted shares.

 e kolatchew (appointed Chief executive officer – downer engineering on 11 January 2010). Salary and fees includes sign-on payment 
of $250,000.

 L di Bartolomeo: fees comprise payment of $156,250 for services rendered to downer ($150,000 Board fee, $6,250 remuneration Committee 
chair fee) and $60,000 for services rendered to reliance rail.

 r m harding: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $18,750 risk Committee chair fee (being $15,000 in relation to the 2010 financial year and 
$3,750 in relation to 2009 financial year).

 J S humphrey: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 audit Committee chair fee.

 C J S renwick: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 Zero harm Committee chair fee.

 w nolan (resigned 27 october 2009). Salary and fees includes payment for accrued annual leave entitlements of $145,664 and long service 
leave of $110,702. the termination payment was awarded in accordance with the terms of mr nolan’s employment contract. Share based 
payments includes reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives.

10   disclosure has been made due to the executive being one of the five highest remunerated employees of the consolidated group or 

parent entity.

annuaL report 2011  23

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

6.4 performanCe reLated remuneratIon

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2011 that are performance and 
non-performance related.

Performance Related 

Non-Performance Related 

KMP executives

G Fenn1

G Knox1

P Borden1

C Bruyn1

D Cattell1

S Cinerari1

K Fletcher

E Kolatchew1

D Overall

Other executives

S Dodds1

R Moffat1

P Reidy1

43%

(126%)

3%

17%

25%

19%

8%

1%

51%

47%

32%

25%

57%

226%

97%

83%

75%

81%

92%

99%

49%

53%

68%

75%

1 

 performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives. 

Weightings applied to the 2011 STI scorecard measures for senior executives are set out in the table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

40%

Operational  
cash flow

20%

40%  
(10% Group,  
30% business unit)

20%  
(5% Group,  
15% business unit)

Zero Harm

30%

30%

People

10%

10%

The Zero Harm element of the scorecard comprised measures as follows:

Measure

Target

TRIFR (total recordable injury  
frequency rate)

Achieve a set reduction in the TRIFR at level of responsibility. Award pro rates 
linearly from 0-100 per cent.

LTIFR (lost time injury  
frequency rate)

Achieve a set reduction in the LTIFR at level of responsibility. Award pro rates 
linearly from 0-100 per cent.

Sustainable development

Development of an environmental sustainability plan.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets at business unit and corporate levels remain commercially sensitive and so have 
not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90 per cent of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the 
hurdle is 90 per cent of the Group budgeted profit target. For business unit executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the business 
unit budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). 

The corporate and business unit EBIT results were less than 90 per cent of the target EBIT for all but the Mining Division and Asia 
business units. Therefore no STI payments under the plan were made to KMP except to the Chief Executive Officer – Downer 
Mining. The Chief Executive Officer – Downer Asia also received an STI payment.

24  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The following table shows the performance achieved by the Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining and Chief Executive 
Officer – Downer Asia.

Executive

EBIT 

Operational cash flow

Zero Harm

People

Chief Executive Officer 
– Downer Mining

Business Unit achieved 
above target, below 
stretch – 98 per cent 
awarded.

Business Unit achieved 
above target, below 
stretch – 92 per cent 
awarded.

Chief Executive Officer 
– Downer Asia1

Group target not 
achieved – 0 per cent 
awarded.

Group target not 
achieved – 0 per cent 
awarded.

Business Unit achieved 
above target, below 
stretch – 85 per cent 
awarded.

Group target not 
achieved – 0 per cent 
awarded.

Business Unit stretch 
target achieved – 
100 per cent awarded.

Group target not 
achieved – 0 per cent 
awarded.

Achieved above target, 
below stretch –  
92 per cent awarded.

Safety stretch targets 
achieved.

Environmental target 
achieved.

87 per cent awarded.

Stretch targets  
achieved.

Stretch target  
achieved.

100 per cent award 
achieved.

100 per cent award 
achieved.

1 

 the downer asia business was restructured during the year. targets were adjusted to reflect the restructured business and these targets were 
achieved as indicated.

The following table shows the STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2011 due to the achievement of the relevant 
performance targets.

Short Term Incentive in respect of 2011 financial year

Paid 

Forfeited 

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

E Kolatchew

D Overall

Other executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

78%

81%

0%

0%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

22%

19%

100%

100%

annuaL report 2011  25

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant executives

Relevant LTI measure

Performance outcome

% LTI tranche that vested

P Borden, C Bruyn, 
D Cattell, S Cinerari, 
S Dodds, R Moffat, 
P Reidy

P Borden, C Bruyn, 
D Cattell, S Cinerari, 
S Dodds, R Moffat, 
P Reidy

2006 Plan 

Percentile ranking of Downer’s TSR relative 
to the constituents of the ASX100 over a 
four-year period. 

2006 Plan

Compound annual EPS growth hurdles, 
with reference to the average Australian 
Commonwealth Government three-year bond 
yield, over a three year period. 

D Cattell, R Moffat, 
D Overall, P Reidy

2008 Plan

Share price hurdle.

G Fenn, C Bruyn, 
D Cattell, S Cinerari, 
S Dodds, R Moffat, 
D Overall, P Reidy

Tranche 2 of 3 in 2009 plan

Percentile ranking of Downer’s TSR relative 
to the constituents of the ASX100 over a one 
year period.

Actual performance 
ranked at the 30th 
percentile.

0 per cent.

Vesting range required 
compound annual EPS 
growth of 8.0 per cent 
to 10.5 per cent. 

Actual performance was 
(62.8) per cent.

The vesting range was 
$10 to $12.50.

The actual share price 
was $4.68.

Actual performance 
ranked at the 10th 
percentile.

0 per cent.

0 per cent. The shares 
are subject to a final 
re-test.

0 per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The tranche is subject to 
a single re-test.

6.5 Share-BaSed paymentS

6.5.1 RESTRICTED SHARES

The table below shows the number of restricted shares granted and percentage of restricted shares that vested or were forfeited 
during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2008 plan

2009 plan

2010 plan

Number  
of Shares 
(share 
price 
hurdle)1

–

1,600,000

–

 –

387,500

–

–

–

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox4 

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

E Kolatchew

–

15%

–

–

8%

–

–

–

D Overall

270,000

14%

Other executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

175,000

175,000

–

8%

8%

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number  
of shares2

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number  
of shares3

%  
vested

% 
 forfeited

–

444,825

15%

–

95,410

60%

518,135

–

86,957

291,451

100,932

–

–

–

–

33%

33%

33%

–

–

145,726

33%

93,168

97,150

111,724

33%

33%

33%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

254,427

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

31,803

53,430

143,115

62,017

77,309

85,869

71,558

62,017

52,476

54,861

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

–

–

–

–

–

100%

–

–

–

–

1 

2 

3 

 Grant date 29 april 2008 except for d overall (27 January 2009). all shares with eBIt and cash flow hurdles have vested in prior years and are 
not disclosed in the table.

 Grant date 1 april 2009 except for C Bruyn and S Cinerari (12 June 2009) and G fenn (332,258 30 June 2009, 112,567 27 January 2010).

 Grant date 11 June 2010 (except for an additional 27,696 shares granted to kevin fletcher on 2 november 2010). the fair value of shares 
granted was $4.46 per share for the epS tranche and $1.46 per share for the tSr tranche. the fair value of the additional grants to kevin 
fletcher was $5.17 per share for the epS tranche and $1.87 for the tSr tranche.

4 

 G knox resigned on 30 July 2010. 956,987 shares in the 2008 plan, 518,135 shares in the 2009 plan and 254,427 in the 2010 plan forfeited.

26  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

2011 Plan

Managing Director 30 July 2011

Number of 
shares1

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number of 
shares2

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

300,000

–

33%

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

D Overall

Other executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

480,205

86,704

130,055

–

130,055

160,068

180,077

130,055

–

115,049

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 

2 

 Grant date 21 June 2011. the fair value of shares granted was $3.72 per share for the epS tranche and $1.99 per share for the tSr tranche.

 Grant date 30 July 2010. the fair value of shares granted was $4.97 per share.

In lieu of a pro rata grant of LTI shares on his appointment to the position of Managing Director, Grant Fenn was granted 300,000 
restricted shares with performance hurdles linked to milestones for the Waratah train project. The first tranche of 100,000 shares 
with vesting contingent on meeting contract delivery obligations for the practical completion of the first Waratah train in 
December 2010 was not attained, and this tranche, representing 33 per cent of the grant, forfeited. None of the shares vested. 
The fair value of these grants made on 30 July 2010 was $4.97 per share. See section 7 for further detail on these grants.

The maximum number of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in 
future years is set out in the table below.

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

D Overall

Other executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

315,292

572,712

 –

28,986

176,317

33,644

–

103,575

31,056

67,383

72,241

64,767

572,712

–

28,986

226,316

33,644

–

108,575

31,056

90,715

95,573

164,766

372,711

–

28,985

390,266

33,644

–

138,576

31,056

79,051

83,909

295,410

254,427

31,803

53,430

–

62,017

77,309

131,558

62,017

75,810

78,195

480,205

–

86,704

130,055

–

130,055

160,068

210,077

130,055

–

115,049

annuaL report 2011  27

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The maximum value of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share based payments calculated in accordance with 
AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

E Kolatchew

D Overall

Other executives

S Dodds

R Moffat

P Reidy

1,496,831

1,272,998

28,383

150,789

784,286

174,560

65,155

71,459

255,274

165,324

282,832

299,110

739,133

808,696

96,687

231,651

561,843

251,968

201,780

71,647

338,337

244,661

197,766

302,202

589,341

447,461

96,375

192,492

242,208

206,561

201,154

71,320

277,107

202,707

112,144

211,965

460,626

162,468

83,304

140,808

29,916

146,572

165,495

36,027

199,664

145,371

39,881

135,280

195,329

–

35,268

52,901

–

52,901

65,109

–

75,214

52,901

–

46,797

6.5.2 optIonS and rIGhtS

No performance options or rights were granted or exercised during the year ended 30 June 2011. Grants of performance 
rights and performance options made to executives during the year ended 30 June 2007 were re-tested during the year. 
All performance rights and performance options lapsed as a result of failing the test.

There are no performance rights or performance options outstanding.

7. kEy TERmS Of EmPlOymEnT COnTRaCTS

7.1 notICe and termInatIon paymentS

All executives are on contracts with no fixed end date. The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination 
of the employment of KMPs.

Termination notice period 
by Downer

Termination notice period 
by employee

Termination payments  
payable under contract

Managing Director*

Other executives

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

* refers to Grant fenn. details for Geoff knox are provided below.

There has been one variation from policy during this financial period:

 – A fixed term contract was entered into on 16 August 2010 with David Cattell to ensure management continuity following the 
departure of Mr Knox. That contract ends on 1 January 2013. Subject to legislative requirements, Mr Cattell will be entitled 
to the following benefits at the end of the contract period: statutory leave entitlements, a cash payment equivalent to 
12 months fixed remuneration, a pro rata STI payment based on performance and vesting of restricted shares granted to 
Mr Cattell that have met their performance conditions. As a result of these entitlements, Mr Cattell is not eligible to receive 
grants under LTI plans for 2011 and 2012.

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for 
termination due to gross misconduct.

Termination payments in addition to statutory payments made to KMPs during 2011 are set out in the table below.

Name

Geoff Knox

Eric Kolatchew

Position

Date of termination

Payment in lieu of notice

Managing Director

30 July 2010

Chief Executive Officer – 
Downer Engineering

21 February 2011

$2,000,000

$865,479

28  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

7.2 manaGInG dIreCtor and ChIef exeCutIve 
offICer of downer’S empLoyment aGreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. 
Mr Fenn’s contract will continue until terminated by either 
party under the terms of the employment agreement as 
summarised below.

Mr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and 
the value of the award is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration 
calculated using the volume weighted average price after 
each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in 
section 5.

Mr Fenn’s remuneration comprises fixed and variable 
components.

The initial fixed remuneration is $1.8 million per annum. 
This amount includes superannuation contributions and 
non-cash benefits and excludes Mr Fenn’s home telephone 
rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical 
health, life and salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may 
also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, 
at the Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel 
during the year. It is reviewable annually in accordance with 
Downer’s policies.

Mr Fenn was granted 250,525 shares as a sign-on payment 
with a two year employment condition to 30 June 2011 on his 
appointment as Chief Financial Officer in 2009. These shares 
vested on 1 July 2011. 

Mr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum 
STI opportunity is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration. Any 
entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having 
regard to performance measures and targets developed 
in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial 
performance, safety, environmental and sustainability targets 
and adherence to risk management policies and practices. 
The Board also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 15 
per cent (up to the 100 per cent maximum) based on its 
assessment of performance.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in 
section 5.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s 
employment terminates prior to the end of the financial 
year, other than in the event of a takeover or by mutual 
agreement.

Mr Fenn was also eligible to receive key milestone incentives 
on a once-only basis in lieu of an LTI grant pro rated with 
service as Managing Director for calendar 2010. These 
milestones are over and above the STI operating and 
financial objectives, and are considered to be sufficiently 
critical to shareholder value to warrant special STI treatment 
on a one-off basis.

As part of these special milestone incentives, a grant of 
100,000 shares in Downer was made to Mr Fenn. The specific 
performance hurdle for this award was the practical 
completion of the first Waratah train by 31 December 2010. 
The service period prior to vesting was a further two years 
to 31 December 2012. As noted in section 5.3.4, above, this 
timing was not met and the shares forfeited.

A further grant of 200,000 shares was made with a further 
specific performance hurdle requiring the achievement of 
practical completion of the first six Waratah Train Sets by 
30 September 2011. The service period prior to vesting is a 
further 2.25 years to 31 December 2013.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 
12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed, 
unvested shares pro rated with the elapsed service period 
are tested for vesting with performance against the 
relevant hurdles for that period. The specific milestone 
performance shares not yet tested will fully vest on a change 
of control. Shares that have already been tested, have 
met performance requirements and are subject to the 
completion of the service condition, fully vest. 

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional 
circumstances.

Mr Fenn can resign:

(a) 

 by providing six months written notice; or

(b) 

 immediately in circumstances where there is a 
fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. 
In these circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a 
payment in lieu of twelve months notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) 

 immediately for misconduct or other circumstances 
justifying summary dismissal; and

(b) 

 by providing twelve months written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in 
lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period (calculated 
based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from 
continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in 
recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months fixed 
remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his shares under 
the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of 
redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in lieu of 
notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive 
a payment in recognition of his past services equivalent to 
12 months fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six month post-
employment restraint in any area that the Downer Group 
operates, where he is restricted from working for certain 
competitive businesses.

The agreement contains provisions regarding leave 
entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, 
moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also 
contains provisions regarding corporate governance and a 
provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits 
on termination benefits to be made to Mr Fenn.

annuaL report 2011  29

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Mr Geoff Knox was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer until 30 July 2010.

There was no change to Mr Knox’s contract of employment in the current reporting period from the prior period.

Mr Knox’s employment contract had no fixed end date. The Company could have terminated his employment with 12 months 
written notice or immediately with cause. Mr Knox could also have resigned by providing 12 months written notice.

Mr Knox’s remuneration comprised fixed and variable components. Mr Knox’s fixed remuneration was $2 million per annum 
inclusive of compulsory superannuation contributions. The variable component comprised STIs and LTIs. 

Mr Knox was eligible for LTI rewards that have met performance requirements that are due to vest during his notice period. This 
meant that 243,013 shares relating to the 2008 LTI scheme that met the performance hurdle at 31 December 2009 vested on 
31 December 2010. Mr Knox forfeited all remaining provisionally qualified or unvested shares in the LTI scheme relating to the 
2008, 2009 and 2010 LTI schemes (1,729,549 shares).

Mr Knox’s termination payment comprised a payment of $2 million, being payment in lieu of the notice period.

8. lEgaCy EquITy-BaSED REmunERaTIOn PlanS

Legacy Downer equity based remuneration plans in which executives retained an interest during the reporting period are:

 – 2010 executive share plan;

 – 2009 executive share plan; and

 – 2008 executive share plan.

Details of legacy LTI plans are set out in the table below. 

Plan name

Type of award

2010 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Performance 
requirements

Tranche 1: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of the 
ASX100 as at the 
beginning of the 
performance tests 
period. 

Tranche 2: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be within 
6 per cent to 12 per 
cent.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

Vesting schedule

Tranche 1: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile and 
so on until 100 per 
cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Tranche 2: Pro rata 
from 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent EPS 
growth such that 
16.67 per cent of 
the restricted shares 
in the tranche vest 
for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS 
growth between 
6 per cent and 
12 per cent, on a 
pro rata basis.

30  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Plan name

Type of award

Performance 
requirements

Re-test

Service 
requirements

2009 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered 
in three equal 
tranches

Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of 
the ASX100 as at 
the beginning of 
the performance 
test period. Initial 
performance 
periods for the 
three tranches are 
1, 2 and 3 years, 
respectively.

Shares that do not 
meet the initial 
relative TSR test are 
subject to a single 
retest 12 months 
after the first test. 
If the performance 
hurdles are met 
at the retest, the 
awards will vest. 
Shares that do not 
meet the retest are 
forfeited.

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

2008 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares 

The service 
condition requires 
the executive to 
be in continuous 
employment for 
a certain period 
of months after 
the testing date. 
After attaining 
share price hurdles, 
service conditions 
apply for shares to 
vest, with a third 
of shares that pass 
the hurdles to 
vest providing the 
executive remains 
in service to the 
31 December of 
2012, 2013 and 2014 
respectively.

Two tranches of 
restricted shares 
were granted 
under the plan. 
The performance 
conditions for those 
pools are:

Tranche 1: 50 per 
cent vests on 
achievement of 
an EBIT target and 
50 per cent vests 
on achievement of 
an operating cash 
flow target for the 
year ended 30 June 
2008.

There is no retest for 
awards that vest on 
satisfaction of an 
EBIT or operating 
cash flow target. At 
the discretion of the 
Board, tranches of 
awards subject to a 
share price hurdle 
that do not meet 
the hurdle may be 
retested under the 
conditions of the 
following tranche. 
If the performance 
hurdle is met at the 
retest, the relevant 
proportion of the 
tranche will vest.

Tranche 2: A share 
price hurdle as at 
31 December in 
the relevant year. 
The share price is 
calculated as the 
10-day volume 
weighted average 
price (VWAP) 
leading up to 
31 December for 
each cycle.

Vesting schedule

The measure 
ensures that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile and 
so on until 100 per 
cent vest at the 75th 
percentile.

By 31 December, 
2010 pro rated 
vesting between 
0 per cent and 
100 per cent for 
share prices from 
$10 to $12.50. By 
31 December 2011 
pro rated vesting 
0 per cent to 
100 per cent for a 
share price hurdle 
between $6 and 
$13. The latter re-test 
hurdle was added 
at the Board’s 
discretion due to 
the unforeseen 
impact of the 
global financial 
crisis on the overall 
share market.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 24 August 2011

annuaL report 2011  31

fInanCIal PERfORmanCE OvERvIEw
fIve-year reCord for the year ended 30 June 2011

Five Year Record for the year ended 30 June

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2009  
$’000

2008  
$’000

2007  
$’000

Total revenue including other income and joint ventures and 
associates

6,975,104

6,055,935

5,941,391

5,587,647

5,422,157

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) (before significant items)

292,236

313,362

304,799

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) (after significant items)

25,663

53,362

304,799

281,117

281,117

280,894

128,661

Interest expense (net)

Income tax expense (before significant items)

Profit after tax (before significant items net of tax)

(64,309)

(61,540)

166,387

(51,295)

(45,774)

(49,171)

(56,018)

(60,383)

(69,649)

(66,104)

(63,310)

201,684

189,376

165,842

161,566

Individually significant items net of tax

(194,087)

(198,632)

–

–

(60,068)

(Loss)/profit after tax after significant items

(27,700)

3,052

189,376

165,842

101,498

Total equity

Net debt 

1,442,385

1,242,851

1,330,388

1,196,364

1,169,907

492,497

530,697

517,693

406,814

519,175

Total capitalisation (net debt + equity)

1,934,882

1,773,548

1,848,081

1,603,178

1,689,082

Net debt to equity

Gearing ratio (net debt/total capitalisation)

34.1%

25.5%

42.7%

29.9%

38.9%

28.0%

34.0%

25.4%

44.4%

30.7%

Operating cash flow

185,625

204,266

336,464

276,031

106,156

Basic (loss)/earnings per share on issue (cents)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (cents)

Closing share price (dollars)

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share (cents)

(10.5)

(10.5)

$3.70

–

 198.8 

(2.4)

(2.4)

$3.60

29.1

 194.1 

54.4

52.7

$5.59

29.0

 217.6 

47.9

47.5

$6.87

25.5

 190.0 

31.3

31.3

$7.36

21.0

187.0 

32  downer edI LImIted

auDITORS’ InDEPEnDEnCE DEClaRaTIOn

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Grosvenor Place 
225 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 
PO Box N250 Grosvenor Place 
Sydney NSW 1220 Australia 

DX 10307SSE 
Tel:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7000 
Fax:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Board of Directors 
Downer EDI Limited 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road  
NORTH RYDE NSW 2113 

24 August 2011 

Dear Directors 

DOWNER EDI LIMITED 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I provide the following declaration of 
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I provide the following 
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I provide the following 
independence to the directors of Downer EDI Limited. 
independence to the directors of Downer EDI Limited.

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Downer EDI Limited for the financial year 
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Downer EDI Limited for the financial year 
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Downer EDI Limited for the financial year 
ended  30  June  2011,  I  declare  that  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  there  have  been  no 
ended  30  June  2011,  I  declare  that  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  there  h
ended  30  June  2011,  I  declare  that  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  there  h
contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 
the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 
the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 
audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct 

in relation to the audit.   
any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.  

Yours faithfully 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

AV Griffiths 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited 
Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

annuaL report 2011  33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COnSOlIDaTED InCOmE STaTEmEnT 
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Revenue from ordinary activities

Finance income

Other income

Total revenue

Employee benefits expense (i)

Raw materials and consumables used (i)

Subcontractor costs (i)

Plant and equipment costs (i)

Communication expenses

Occupancy costs

Professional fees

Travel and accommodation expenses

Other expenses from ordinary activities (i)

Depreciation and amortisation 

Finance costs

Share of net profit of joint venture entities and associates

Individually significant items

(Loss)/profit before income tax

Income tax benefit

(Loss)/profit after income tax

(Loss)/profit for the year that is attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest

 – Members of the parent entity

Total (loss)/profit for the year

Earnings per share (cents):

 – Basic (loss) per share

 – Diluted (loss) per share

Note

 3(a)

 3(a)

 3(a)

2011 
$’000

2010 
$’000

6,633,185

5,796,614

14,180

8,662

18,103

30,050

6,656,027

5,844,767

 3(b)

(2,218,529)

(1,944,269)

(1,430,507)

(1,451,145)

(1,344,403)

(1,080,641)

(763,230)

(56,893)

(128,737)

(38,664)

(85,348)

(99,201)

(543,370)

(60,401)

(99,182)

(42,868)

(59,266)

(90,023)

(210,494)

(160,159)

(78,489)

26,395

(69,398)

18,022

(266,573)

(260,000)

(38,646)

10,946

(27,700)

143

(27,843)

(27,700)

(10.5)

(10.5)

2,067

985

3,052

95

2,957

3,052

(2.4)

(2.4)

 3(b)

 3(b)

15(b)

 4

 5

7

 7

(i)   the 2010 balance has been restated to better reflect the nature of the costs incurred. there has been no impact on the profit before income 

tax as a result of these changes. 

The consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 111.

34  downer edI LImIted

COnSOlIDaTED STaTEmEnT Of COmPREhEnSIvE InCOmE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Note

(Loss)/profit after income tax

Other comprehensive expense

 – Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

 – Net gain on available-for-sale investments taken to equity

 – Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity(i)

 – Net (loss)/gain on cross currency interest rate swaps taken to equity

 – Amortisation of share of reserves from associates 

24

 – Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive expense included in equity

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year that is attributable to:

Non-controlling interest

Members of the parent entity

Total comprehensive expense for the year

2011 
$’000

(27,700)

(18,738)

3,433

10,055

(4,215)

2,801

(2,289)

(8,953)

(36,653)

143

(36,796)

(36,653)

2010 
$’000

3,052

(3,816)

333

(38,883)

2,471

2,637

10,939

(26,319)

(23,267)

95

(23,362)

(23,267)

(i)   the June 2011 balance includes $65.0 million reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income into the profit and loss in 

accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 
40 to 111.

annuaL report 2011  35

COnSOlIDaTED STaTEmEnT Of fInanCIal POSITIOn
aS at 30 June 2011

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Current tax assets

Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Equity-accounted investments 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Parent interests

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Note

2011 
$’000

2010 
$’000

9

10

11

12

13

14

15(b)

16

17

12

13(a)

14

18

19

20

21

22

18

19

20

21

22(a)

23

24

288,575

192,568

385,126

193,138

1,312,998

1,183,878

6,078

14,312

40,961

12,708

13,765

28,787

1,855,492

1,817,402

37,354

1,055,015

589,195

30,977

137,949

4,684

1,855,174

3,710,666

1,117,726

165,121

74,629

239,659

3,866

22,410

862,076

589,414

35,954

123,280

5,464

1,638,598

3,456,000

987,266

272,167

41,513

199,414

5,012

1,601,001

1,505,372

2,812

567,665

71,715

18,809

6,279

667,280

2,268,281

1,442,385

713

617,012

39,597

27,162

23,293

707,777

2,213,149

1,242,851

1,423,897

(121,581)

139,969

1,118,675

(107,893)

231,974

1,442,285

1,242,756

100

95

1,442,385

1,242,851

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on  
pages 40 to 111.

36  downer edI LImIted

COnSOlIDaTED STaTEmEnT Of ChangES In EquITy
for the year ended 30 June 2011

2011

$’000

Available-
for-sale 
investment 
reserve

Issued 
capital

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Hedge 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non- 
controlling 
interest

Total

Balance at 1 July 2010

1,118,675

(2,816)

(84,642)

(39,945)

19,510

231,974

1,242,756

95

1,242,851

(Loss)/Profit after  
income tax

Exchange differences 
arising on translation of 
foreign operations

Net gain on available-for-
sale investments 

Net gain on foreign 
currency forward 
contracts (i)

Net loss on cross currency 
interest rate swaps

Amortisation on share of 
reserves from associates

Income tax relating to 
components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income for  
the year

Contributions of equity  
(net of transaction 
costs)(ii)

Income tax relating  
to capital raising 
transactions costs

Vested executive 
incentive shares 
transactions

Share-based transactions 
during the year

Income tax relating to 
share-based transactions 
during the year 

Payment of dividends (iii)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

296,474

3,130

5,618

–

–

–

Balance at 30 June 2011

1,423,897

–

–

3,433

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,055

(4,215)

2,801

(617)

(1,672)

–

–

(27,843)

(27,843)

143

(27,700)

(18,738)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(18,738)

3,433

10,055

(4,215)

2,801

(2,289)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(18,738)

3,433

10,055

(4,215)

2,801

(2,289)

2,816

6,969

(18,738)

–

(27,843)

(36,796)

143

(36,653)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5,618)

(2,483)

3,366

–

–

–

–

–

296,474

3,130

–

(2,483)

3,366

–

–

–

–

–

296,474

3,130

–

(2,483)

3,366

–

(64,162)

(64,162)

(138)

(64,300)

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775

139,969

1,442,285

100 1,442,385

(i)   

(ii)  

 the June 2011 balance includes $65.0 million reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income into the profit and loss in 
accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. 

 Contributions of equity relate to shares issued as a result of Capital raising, employee Share plan and dividend re-investment plan 
operable for the 2010 final dividend.

(iii)  

 payment of dividends relates to 2010 final dividend, roadS dividends and minority interests dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on  
pages 40 to 111.

annuaL report 2011  37

COnSOlIDaTED STaTEmEnT Of ChangES In EquITy – COnTInuED
for the year ended 30 June 2011

2010

$’000

Available-
for-sale 
investment 
reserve

Issued 
capital

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non- 
controlling 
interest

Hedge 
reserve

Total

Balance at 1 July 2009

1,078,791

(3,053)

(61,902)

(36,129)

15,960

336,721

1,330,388

–

1,330,388

Profit after income tax 

Exchange differences 
arising on translation of 
foreign operations

Loss on available-for-sale 
investments

Net loss on foreign 
currency forward 
contracts

Net gain on cross currency 
interest rate swaps

Amortisation on share of 
reserves from associates

Income tax relating to 
components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income 
for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Contributions of equity  
(net of transaction costs)(i)

41,701

Unvested executive 
incentive shares 
transactions

Vested executive 
incentive shares 
transactions

Share-based transactions 
during the year

Income tax relating to 
share-based transactions 
during the year

Payment of dividends (ii)

(4,476)

2,659

–

–

–

–

–

333

–

–

–

–

–

–

(38,883)

2,471

2,637

(96)

11,035

–

(3,816)

–

–

–

–

–

237

(22,740)

(3,816)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2,659)

6,261

(52)

2,957

2,957

95

3,052

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,816)

333

(38,883)

2,471

2,637

10,939

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,816)

333

(38,883)

2,471

2,637

10,939

2,957

(23,362)

95

(23,267)

–

–

–

–

–

41,701

(4,476)

–

6,261

(52)

– (107,704)

(107,704)

–

–

–

–

–

–

41,701

(4,476)

–

6,261

(52)

(107,704)

Balance at 30 June 2010

1,118,675

(2,816)

(84,642)

(39,945)

19,510

231,974

1,242,756

95

1,242,851

(i)   Contributions of equity relate to shares issued as a result of dividend re-investment plan.

(ii)  payment of dividends relates to 2010 interim, 2009 final dividend and roadS dividends paid for the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on 

pages 40 to 111.

38  downer edI LImIted

COnSOlIDaTED STaTEmEnT Of CaSh flOwS 
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Distributions from equity-accounted investments

Dividends received from external entities

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Income tax paid

Note

15(b)

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

26(c)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale and leaseback of plant and equipment

Payments for intangible assets

Payments for investments 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

Advances to joint ventures

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

Advances to other entities

Payments for businesses acquired

Net cash (used) in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayments of borrowings

Net proceeds from issue of equity securities

Dividends paid

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest

Net cash inflow from financing activities

25(b)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

26(a)

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

7,275,150

6,206,952

12,667

701

12,708

359

(7,025,409)

(5,940,048)

14,275

(73,399)

(18,360)

185,625

18,327

(69,274)

(24,758)

204,266

44,154 

74,236

(446,010)

(207,724)

82,891

(1,421)

(3,948)

7,962

(3,201)

–

–

–

–

(3,985)

(29,323)

–

(666)

89,188

(33,786)

(32,336)

(319,573)

(144,396)

972,576

(1,148,133)

270,185

(44,135)

(138)

50,355

(83,593)

378,382

(12,557)

282,232 

855,441

(764,183)

–

(66,003)

–

25,255

85,125

292,223

1,034

378,382

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 111.

annuaL report 2011  39

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES

Statement of CompLIanCe

These financial statements represent the consolidated results 
of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The Financial 
Report is a general purpose Financial Report prepared in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations and complies with other 
requirements of the law. Accounting Standards include 
Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting 
Standards (A-IFRS). Compliance with A-IFRS ensures that 
the consolidated financial statements and notes of the 
consolidated entity comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Directors 
on 24 August 2011.

roundInG of amountS

The Company is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC 
Class Order 98/0100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance 
with that Class Order, amounts in the Directors’ Report and 
the Financial Report have been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

BaSIS of preparatIon

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial 
instruments. Cost is based on the fair values of the 
consideration given in exchange for assets.

The preparation of the Financial Report requires 
Management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results 
may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on 
an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if 
the revision affects only that period or in the period of the 
revision and future periods if the revision affects both current 
and future periods. In particular, information about significant 
areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in 
applying accounting policies that have the most significant 
effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements 
are described below.

appLICatIon of CrItICaL JudGementS and key 
SourCeS of eStImatIon unCertaInty

The following are critical judgements that Management has 
made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies and which have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements:

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue and expense are recognised in net profit by 
reference to the stage of completion of each identifiable 
component for construction contracts.

40  downer edI LImIted

A fundamental condition for being able to estimate profit 
recognition based on percentage of completion is that 
project revenues and project costs can be reliably estimated. 
This reliability is based on such factors as compliance with 
the Group’s system for project control and that project 
management has the necessary skills. Project control also 
includes a number of estimates and assessments that 
depend on the experience and knowledge of project 
management in respect of project control, industrial relations, 
risk management, training and the prior management of 
similar projects.

In determining revenues and expense for construction 
contracts, Management makes key assumptions regarding 
estimated revenues and expense over the life of the 
contracts. Where variations are recognised in revenue, 
assumptions are made regarding the probability that 
customers will approve variations and the amount of revenue 
arising from variations. In respect of costs, key assumptions 
regarding costs to complete contracts may include 
estimation of labour, technical costs, impact of delays 
and productivity. Changes in these estimation methods 
could have a material impact on the financial statements 
of Downer.

CAPITALISATION OF TENDER/BID COSTS

Tender/Bid costs are expensed until the Group has reached 
preferred bidder status and there is a reasonable expectation 
that the cost will be recovered. At this stage costs are 
capitalised. Tender/Bid costs are then expensed over the 
life of the contract. Where a tender/bid is subsequently 
unsuccessful the previously capitalised costs are immediately 
expensed. Tender/Bid costs that have been expensed 
cannot be recapitalised in a subsequent reporting period.

Judgement is exercised in determining whether it is probable 
that the contract will be obtained. An error in judgement 
would result in capitalised tender costs being recognised in 
the income statement in the following reporting period.

KEY CONTRACTS AND SUPPLIERS

A number of contracts that Downer enters into are long-term 
contracts with recurring revenues but are terminable on short 
notice for convenience. There is a risk that key contracts 
may not be renewed, may be renewed on less favourable 
terms or may be cancelled. Similarly, where Downer is reliant 
on one or a small set of key suppliers to provide goods and 
services, the performance of these suppliers will impact 
Downer’s ability to complete projects and earn profits. In 
addition, there are particular suppliers with whom Downer 
has a long-term relationship which support Downer’s 
business activities. A change in relationship with these 
suppliers could negatively impact Downer’s future financial 
performance. Downer also has a large capital equipment 
fleet which is subject to availability of major spares such as 
tyres for mining equipment. New contracts often require the 
acquisition of new equipment and the timing of purchase is 
dependent upon availability from suppliers in a world market. 
Management judgement is therefore required to estimate 
the impact of the loss of key contracts and suppliers on future 
earnings supporting existing goodwill and intangible assets.

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

Key assumptions underpinning the manufacturing program 
include:

 – ongoing commitment to the resolution of minor defects 
on Train Sets to enable presentation to RailCorp for PC;

 – the “quick win” initiatives introduced for Train Sets 11 

to 25 result in the estimated improvement in production 
rate and quality in China and reduce levels of re-work 
in Cardiff;

 – the re-design of certain components and assemblies 

to achieve the estimated production rates and required 
quality levels in the bodyshell and interior fit-out shops in 
China for Train Sets 26 onwards;

 – CRC deploy the requisite number of resources to the 

interior fitout shop in Changchun with the appropriate skill 
and experience to achieve the required productivity and 
quality in Train Sets;

 – achieving the reliability performance targets for Train Sets 
1 to 6 to allow Train Set 7 to be delivered by mid-January 
2012 (the performance of Train Set 1 in service is to date 
achieving its targeted reliability);

 – the trains must meet certain performance thresholds 

while in passenger service (failure of the trains to meet 
the required thresholds is likely to result in additional costs 
being incurred by Downer);

 – all parties continue to honour their contractual obligations; 

 – that RailCorp continues to adopt a reasonable industry 
approach to the acceptance of the Waratah trains for 
passenger service through the manufacture phase of the 
project (including supporting documentation) and the 
required track access will be made available to allow the 
project to achieve reliability and growth targets;

 – that monies held in the Manufacturing Delay Account 

(MDA) are paid to Downer upon achievement of 
contracted milestones, and that interest that accrues 
on the MDA is to be paid when Train Set 78 is delivered 
to Reliance Rail, together with the balance of MDA. MDA 
interest receivable in the FCAC assumes that the funds 
are invested at arm’s length interest rates available for 
deposits of this term, size and nature; and

 – an accelerated eight business day delivery cadence from 
Train Set 30, which has not yet been approved by RailCorp.

The FCAC provides for liquidated damages in line with the 
revised delivery program with no specific contingency for 
Liquidated Damages (LDs). Any additional liability for LDs as 
a result of slippage in the revised delivery program will be 
required to be funded from the general contingency. The 
general contingency held within the FCAC totals ~$90 million, 
reflecting the initial general contingency of $73 million and 
the balance of the transferred interior fit-out scope in Cardiff 
of $17 million that is no longer expected to be required.

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT

Based on a full Forecast-Cost-At-Completion (FCAC) review 
of the Rolling Stock Manufacturing (RSM Contract) element 
the Waratah Train Project (WTP) undertaken during January-
February 2011, an additional provision of $250.0 million 
was raised during the period against the project. In 
determining this provision, Management continues to be 
required to estimate future events and make a number 
of key assumptions in relation to the revised program. The 
provision reflects the revised program which now provides for 
production of trains in four distinct phases:

1.   Train Sets 1 to 10, which required or require significant 

additional work on the interior fit-out and related areas 
due to design related production issues, inadequate 
methods and processes in assembly. These Train Sets were 
all delivered to Australia by 30 June 2011;

2.   Train Sets 11 to 15 are being built by Changchun Railway 

Vehicles Company (CRC or China) to a first configuration 
freeze (Configuration Freeze 1) using new methods and 
processes to aid production of the bodyshell and interior 
fit-out. Whilst implementation of these new methods and 
processes has caused a delay to the program announced 
in February 2011 of two to eight weeks, this has meant 
that the interior fit-out scope that was planned to be 
transferred to Cardiff from Train Set 16 will no longer be 
required, releasing the provision of $17 million in the FCAC 
to contingency to fund:

(i)   other program improvement initiatives or otherwise de-

risk the project; and 

(ii)  eight shopfloor mentors/coaches from Downer’s Cardiff 

assembly plant who have been based in CRC to assist 
in the installation of the more difficult aspects of the 
interior design;

3.   Train Sets 16 to 25 are intended to be built using a flow-line 
process that is being implemented in the interior fit-out 
shop in CRC. Process improvements in the bodyshell shop 
will see bodyshells built to tighter tolerances that will 
further aid interior installation; and

4.   Train Sets 26 to 78 are intended to be built completely 

in CRC based on a second configuration freeze 
(Configuration Freeze 2) following implementation of 
further design improvements for ease of assembly and 
higher quality. Increased output from the flow-lines in 
CRC will be required by Train Set 38 to match the targeted 
delivery program with planning currently underway with 
CRC to ensure this is achieved. Provisional cost estimates 
for the increased output are within the FCAC allowances.

The manufacturing program is targeting the following delivery 
milestones, which remain broadly within the “bands” outlined 
in February 2011:

 – Train Set 1 was presented to RailCorp for Practical 

Completion (PC) on 19 April 2011 and received PC on 
30 June 2011;

 – Train Sets 2 to 6 are being progressively delivered to 

RailCorp for PC between August 2011 and December 2011;

 – Train Set 7 to be entering passenger service in mid January 
2012 following the achievement of reliability performance 
targets by Train Sets 1 to 6; and

 – Train Set 78 being delivered to RailCorp and entering 
passenger service in the first half of calendar 2014.

annuaL report 2011  41

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT – CONTINUED

The FCAC is summarised below by major cost category.

Cost Category

Materials and Sub-Contracted Components

Labour 

Engineering Services

Transport, Logistics and Procurement 

Project Management 

Insurance, Bonding and Finance 

Forecast Liquidated Damages (LDs) 

Manufacturing Delay Account (MDA) interest receivable 

Other Costs

General Contingency

Total FCAC

Feb Estimate 
$m

1,019

324

131

175

143

95

155

(111)

78

73

2,082

Change  

$m

15

(24)

17

(3)

(17)

(3)

(5)

(6)

9

17

–

June Estimate 
$m

1,034

300

148

172

126

92

150

(117)

87

90

2,082

MATERIALS AND SUB-CONTRACTED COMPONENT

This cost category represents approximately 50 per cent of the total FCAC and has been contracted and committed. The 
materials forecast reflects current yield and scrappage experience contained within the existing bill of material (BOM). For 
example, the BOM assumes a 20 per cent loss on stainless steel whilst cutting due to scrappage. No specific allowance has been 
made for variation to these yield assumptions, obsolete parts or materials associated for future engineering changes or potential 
improvements to the yield associated with value engineering proposed to be undertaken.

Stainless steel required by the project is contracted, however, subject to market price escalation. The FCAC assumes that future 
stainless steel orders will be priced at the average price of recent shipments.

The FCAC assumes that all current suppliers remain solvent over the three year build time frame and that there are no latent 
defects or quality issues in any parts or designs provided. Should any latent defects manifest through the build or testing phase, 
it is assumed that they will be rectified at the supplier’s cost with no significant delays to the manufacturing schedule.

The FCAC has allowed for the additional storage costs associated with the revised delivery program where suppliers could not 
be contractually slowed down (without significant penalties) to match the revised manufacturing schedule. This is reflected 
within the logistics provision.

Whilst Downer currently has a potential right of recovery of liquidated damages from materials suppliers, the FCAC does not 
assume recovery of these amounts at this stage. Similarly, the FCAC does not assume any potential increases in materials costs 
associated with suppliers in the future attempting to claim liquidated damages from Downer due to the manufacturing delays.

LABOUR

Labour includes manpower costs sub-contracted with CRC in China and those incurred directly by Downer at Cardiff. It is 
assumed that CRC will increase the labour undertaking the interior fitout to allow them to meet their contracted cadence and 
will continue to satisfy their obligations.

Included within the Cardiff labour in the FCAC is allowance for the significant rework of Train Sets 1 to 10 at Cardiff and minor 
levels of rework thereafter to Train Set 78. In making the estimates for rework, the experience of the trains built to date has 
been taken into consideration, as well as a process of Cardiff personnel signing-off rework requirements before trains depart 
Changchun for Australia. In addition, the expected productivity benefits derived from an assumed learning curve (derived from 
the learning curve experienced on past passenger train builds) have been applied. Similar learning curve assumptions have 
been factored into the labour productivity assumptions for the original Cardiff scope of work.

The FCAC assumes that suitable skilled tradesmen are available to perform this transferred scope of work and that they will be 
paid ordinary rates pursuant to the Enterprise Bargaining Agreements that are in force. No provision has been made in the FCAC 
for the potential future redundancy costs associated with making Cardiff staff redundant at the completion of this project on 
the assumption that all staff will be redeployed.

42  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT – CONTINUED

FORECAST LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (LDs)

ENGINEERING SERVICES

This category includes the cost of the initial train design, 
testing and commissioning throughout the program and 
the proposed manufacturability assessment and redesign 
outlined above to improve vehicle components and 
assembly. The FCAC assumes approximately 170,000 hours 
of Engineering and 60,000 hours of Drafting will be applied 
to the project at a fully burdened labour rate including 
proportionate overhead recovery for the Granville site and 
incremental direct overheads after allowance for future CPI 
price escalation through to the end of the program. The 
FCAC assumes that the Engineering resource reduces during 
the program as the trains reach a steady state of production 
and delivery. The FCAC does not provide for any significant 
delays in the program due to failures in service that require 
substantial engineering redesign. In addition to these labour 
costs, the Engineering Services FCAC includes a $7.5 million 
provision for an estimated weight penalty.

TRANSPORT, LOGISTICS AND PROCUREMENT

This includes transport, warehousing, demurrage, 
logistics and procurement management and import 
and customs duty.

The FCAC provides the transport of all Sets from China to 
Australia with allowances for single or double shipments where 
currently expected. All Train Sets and warehoused materials 
are insured for direct loss but not for any consequential loss. 
The FCAC provides for the customs duty expected to be 
incurred on importation of dutiable materials into Australia 
at a rate of 5 per cent.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Project Management includes all support activities to complete 
the program including allowance for a senior management 
team with the requisite high-volume, assembly-line build and 
project management expertise, as well as a team of experts to 
support the revised production approach in China. The FCAC 
provides for all the travel, housing and expatriate benefits 
related to this team. The FCAC assumes that the project 
management resource tapers off during the program as Train 
Sets reach a steady state of production and delivery. The FCAC 
has provided for the expected future cost of international travel 
to China, consultants, external accounting services and legal 
costs associated with the normal operation of the program. 
These costs have been determined by reference to historical 
experience, as well as stage of the project and have been 
indexed for expected inflation.

INSURANCE, BONDING AND FINANCE

This includes the actual costs incurred to insure property, liability 
and people for the full duration of the program. This insurance 
cost was fully contracted at inception of the program. The cost 
of bonding reflected in the FCAC assumes a market rate being 
applied to the outstanding bond value through to completion 
of the project and that existing committed bonding facilities 
will be rolled on substantially similar terms to those in place at 
30 June 2011. Financing costs also includes the cost of hedging 
the foreign exchange risk associated foreign denominated 
costs included within the FCAC. It is noted that approximately 
85 per cent of the foreign currency costs were hedged at 
inception of the Rolling Stock Manufacture (RSM) contract. 
Unhedged costs denominated in foreign currencies are 
included in the FCAC at the long-term average rates.

Forecast LDs are based on a formula that broadly 
approximates to $200,000 per train per month the train is not 
in service. While 78 Trains Sets are being manufactured under 
the project, only 72 Trains Sets are required to be in passenger 
service so LDs are only payable against 72 Train Sets. The 
projected LDs of $150 million represent an approximate 
delay of 13 months for every Train Set to be delivered 
which is consistent with the entry into passenger service of 
Train Set 1 in June 2011, compared to the original contract 
delivery date of Train Set 1 of April 2010 (after allowing for 
the three month grace period). Forecast LDs assume an 
accelerated eight business day delivery cadence from Train 
Set 30 which has not yet been approved by RailCorp. Using 
a contractual delivery cadence of 10 business days would 
result in increased liquidated damages of $50.2 million. Any 
additional liability for LDs as a result of slippage in the revised 
delivery program will be required to be funded from the 
general contingency.

MANUFACTURING DELAY ACCOUNT (MDA)

This MDA reflects the contractual arrangement between 
Downer, the RSM and Reliance Rail under which milestone 
payments are paid to Downer in accordance with the actual 
delivery schedule achieved. To the extent that monies are 
not paid to Downer due to late delivery and/or missed 
performance milestones, monies are held by Reliance Rail 
in the MDA. Monies held in the MDA are paid to Downer 
upon achievement of contract milestones. Interest, which 
accrues on the MDA is to be paid to Downer when Train Set 
78 is delivered to Reliance Rail, together with the balance of 
the MDA. MDA interest receivable has been shown as a cost 
offset in the FCAC. This estimate assumes that the funds are 
invested at arm’s length interest rates available for deposits 
of this term, size and nature. Any additional liability for LDs 
as a result of slippage in the revised delivery program will be 
required to be funded from the general contingency.

GENERAL CONTINGENCY

The FCAC no longer includes a specific contingency for 
liquidated damages. Any additional liability for LDs as a result 
of slippage in the revised delivery program will be required 
to be funded from the general contingency. A general 
contingency of $90 million is now included in the FCAC to 
cover unforeseen events or cost variations that may arise 
over the life of the program. This could include, for example, 
a minor delay in delivery of Train Sets in the early stages of the 
program or additional costs to achieve a faster delivery rate 
of trains from CRC as required from Train Set 40 onwards to 
achieve the revised program.

A program of this size and duration would normally have 
unidentified cost savings or tasking built into the FCAC based 
on historical experience and Management’s judgement. At 
this stage only $6.5 million of future costs savings are currently 
built into the FCAC.

The FCAC discussed above does not rely on any recovery 
from claims submitted or other commercial actions which 
may be available to Downer. If, however, the revised Waratah 
project for example experiences incremental delays beyond 
June 2015, the cost of which could not be abated, further 
provision would be required.

No specific allowance has been made for potential future 
legal claims against Downer in relation to this project.

annuaL report 2011  43

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

RELIANCE RAIL

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd (Reliance Rail) is an unlisted, special 
purpose vehicle established to execute the New South Wales 
(NSW) Public Private Partnership (PPP) Waratah Train Project. 
Under the Project Contract with RailCorp, Reliance Rail is to:

 – Design and build 78 eight-car double-deck Train Sets, 
which it has subcontracted under a Rolling Stock 
Manufacturing contract (RSM Contract);

 – Construct a maintenance facility at Auburn (the 

Maintenance Facility Contract), NSW for the purpose of 
maintaining the sets over their effective life which it has 
subcontracted to Downer; and 

 – Maintain the 78 Train Sets and make available 72 of 

these Train Sets to Railcorp for 30 years under the Project 
Contract, which maintenance obligations Reliance 
Rail has subcontracted to Downer under a Through Life 
Support (TLS Contract).

These contracts are collectively known as the Waratah Train 
Project (WTP). The RSM contract has been subcontracted to 
an unincorporated joint venture between Downer EDI Rail Pty 
Ltd and Hitachi Limited (the RSM Joint Venture).

The total funding raised by Reliance Rail to deliver the WTP is 
$2.4 billion. The majority of this funding ($2.1 billion) was raised 
via equity coupled with senior and junior ranking bonds in 
December 2006. The bonds are guaranteed by two specialist 
financial guarantors, FGIC (UK) Ltd and Syncora Guarantee Inc 
(monoline insurers). These funds were placed on deposit and 
are being progressively released to meet ongoing project costs 
and expenses as milestones under the contracts are achieved.

As part of the funding, a $357 million senior, secured 
committed bank debt facility (Bank Facility) was raised in 
December 2006 with scheduled drawdowns to commence in 
February 2012. This facility remained undrawn at 30 June 2011. 
Reliance Rail’s funding arrangements are on a non-recourse 
basis to Downer and Downer is not obliged to provide further 
equity to Reliance Rail.

The $357 million Bank Facility may be cancelled under 
certain circumstances prior to the scheduled drawdown 
date commencing in February 2012. The facility contains 
a termination provision that in the event of the insolvency of 
both monoline insurers, the banks have a right to terminate 
any undrawn commitments. Since 2009, the monoline insurers 
have been adversely affected by the global financial crisis 
(GFC) and the financial position of both monoline insurers 
remains uncertain, although they are still operating. If both 
monoline insurers are in default at the same time, or become 
insolvent, the undrawn component of the Bank Facility could 
be cancelled by the banking syndicate.

On 16 August 2011, Reliance Rail received a “reservation of 
rights” notice from its monoline insurers claiming events of 
default under Reliance Rail’s debt financing documents. 
Reliance Rail has advised its financial guarantors and other 
financial stakeholders that there are no events of default and 
that it categorically rejects the unsubstantiated allegations. 
Based on legal advice received, Downer does not expect the 
“reservation of rights” notice to adversely affect the delivery 
of the Waratah Rolling Stock Manufacture contract. This 
advice is based on the assumption that no events of default 
exist or are continuing as stated by Reliance Rail.

The Auditor’s Report in respect of Reliance Rail’s financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2010 included an 
“Emphasis of Matter” which outlined the uncertainties 
relating to Reliance Rail’s ability to refinance its borrowings 
when they fall due, the first of which is between September 
2016 - 2018. The opinion considered it appropriate for the 
financial statements to be prepared as a “Going Concern” 
basis at that date.

Prior to the first utilisation of the $357 million Bank Facility 
in February 2012 the Directors of Reliance Rail, in issuing the 
relevant loan draw-down notice, will be required to form 
a view that Reliance Rail is able to pay its debts as and when 
they become due and payable.

Reliance Rail’s bond facilities contain options (exercisable 
by Reliance Rail) to extend their final maturities. Should these 
options be exercised, the first debt maturity of $400 million of 
senior secured bonds can be extended from September 2016 
to September 2018.

It is the current view of Downer that Reliance Rail will continue 
as the operating entity, based on public comments made by 
the NSW Government as to the importance of the WTP to the 
State and people of NSW.

Notwithstanding this view, Management has considered 
the possibility that the WTP is terminated and has estimated, 
based on commercial judgement, legal interpretation of 
the contractual terms between Downer and other parties, 
including sub-contractors, suppliers and Reliance Rail, the 
financial consequences for Downer as:

 – A pre-tax accounting loss of between $400-$450 million, 
which includes the write-off of the $73.8 million currently 
reflected in Hedge Reserves; and

 – A negative cash impact of between $300-350 million, 
which would be payable over several years as sub-
contractor claims are resolved.

In assessing the potential financial consequences of the WTP 
being terminated, significant judgement and estimation has 
been necessary, particularly in relation to commitments that 
have been made by sub-contractors and suppliers to Downer 
under orders placed with them, and the extent to which they 
are able to mitigate their potential losses.

The key underlying assumptions used by Management in 
relation to this analysis are:

 – The RSM Contract is terminated and no further delivery 

of trains is required;

 – Downer ceases to manufacture trains and ceases testing 

and commissioning activities;

 – Approximately 40 per cent of all currently committed 
purchase orders could be mitigated by suppliers;

 – All current Work In Progress (WIP) and future payments 
to suppliers (approximately 60 per cent of current 
committed purchase orders) will be written off assuming 
no recoveries;

 – No provision has been made for redundancy costs on the 
assumption that all permanent staff will be redeployed; 

 – All foreign exchange contracts are closed out at current 

market rates;

 – All performance bonds issued to Reliance Rail are returned 

to Downer;

44  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

RELIANCE RAIL – CONTINUED

 – No additional contract “break costs” are incurred as 

key suppliers are assumed to take all reasonable steps 
to mitigate their losses; and

 – Other project termination costs are in accordance with 

normal business practices.

The estimated profit and cash flow impacts on Downer of a 
termination of the WTP could result in Downer’s debt facilities 
becoming repayable on demand.

In this circumstance Downer would be required to engage 
with its key financiers to obtain a covenant breach waiver, 
and any such waiver is likely to be conditional upon Downer 
undertaking a number of capital management initiatives 
including asset sales, business divestments or an equity 
capital raising.

In the event of the WTP being terminated and if the Group’s 
financiers were to require the Group’s debt facilities to be 
immediately repaid or substantially reduced, then, in the 
opinion of the Directors, material uncertainty would exist 
regarding the ability of the Group to continue as a going 
concern and pay its debts as and when they become due.

The financial report has been prepared on the basis that 
the Group is a going concern, which assumes continuity of 
normal business activities and the realisation of assets and 
settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. No 
adjustments have been made to the financial report relating 
to the recoverability and classification of assets or liabilities 
that might be necessary as a result of a failure of Reliance 
Rail to continue as the Operating Entity under the WTP.

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

The Group determines whether goodwill and intangible assets 
with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual 
basis or whenever there is an indication of impairment. This 
requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating units to which the goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated. The Group 
uses the higher of fair value less costs to sell, and value in 
use to determine recoverable amount. An impairment loss of 
$16.6 million (2010: $42.0 million) was recognised in the current 
year in respect of assets related to the Works UK business 
and CPG New Zealand consulting business following an 
assessment of the future performance of those businesses. 
Key assumptions requiring Management’s judgement include 
projected cash flows, growth rate estimates, discount rates, 
gross margin, working capital and capital expenditure.

ANNUAL LEAVE AND LONG SERVICE LEAVE

The provision is calculated using expected future increases 
in wages and salary rates including on-costs and expected 
settlement dates based on staff turnover history and 
is discounted using the rates attaching to Australian 
Government bonds at balance date which most closely 
match the terms of maturity of the related liabilities.

RECOVERY OF DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences, as management considers that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences. Management judgement is required 

to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be 
recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of 
future taxable profits.

INCOME TAXES

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is 
required in determining the worldwide provision for income 
taxes. Judgement is also required in assessing whether 
deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised on the statement of financial position. Assumptions 
about the generation of future taxable profits depend on 
Management’s estimate of future cash flows. Changes in 
circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the 
amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised on the 
statement of financial position and the amount of other tax 
losses and temporary differences not yet recognised.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISK AND REGULATION

Downer and the industries in which it operates are subject 
to a broad range of environmental laws, regulations and 
standards (including certain licensing requirements). This 
could expose Downer to legal liabilities or place limitations 
on the development of its operations. In addition there is a 
risk that property utilised by Downer from time to time may be 
contaminated by materials harmful to human health (such as 
asbestos and other hazardous materials). In these situations 
Downer may be required to undertake remedial works on 
contaminated sites and may be exposed to third party 
compensation claims and other environmental liabilities. 
Management judgement is therefore required to estimate the 
impact of such factors on future earnings supporting existing 
goodwill and intangible assets.

CARBON TAX

On 10 July 2011 the Government announced the start-
up price and architecture for the proposed carbon price 
mechanism:

 – A fixed price of $23/tCO2e as of the start of the scheme on 
1 July 2012, increasing to $24.15/tCO2e and $25.40/tCO2e 
for 2012-13 and 2013-14, respectively;

 – From 1 July 2015, the scheme will transition to a cap and 
trade emissions trading scheme with the carbon price to 
be determined by the market;

 – Organisations with operational control over facilities 

that generate greater than 25 ktCO2e will be required 
to purchase permits to cover emissions from these 
“threshold” facilities;

 – The scheme covers emissions generated from stationary 

energy, industrial processes, fugitive emissions (other than 
from decommissioned coal mines), emission from non-
legacy waste, transport fuels used only used for domestic 
aviation, domestic shipping, rail transport and off-road 
transport of liquid and gaseous fuels.

A potential direct liability under the announced scheme for 
the Group is currently believed to be confined to one Mining 
facility. The mine site generates greenhouse gas emissions of 
around 73 KtCO2e per year (as of FY2009-10), equating to a 
total liability of $1.7 million. However, contractual mechanisms 
have been enacted to ensure that any costs associated with 
a direct liability arising from the impost of the carbon pricing 
mechanism can be transferred to the mine owner.

annuaL report 2011  45

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

result in goodwill; being the difference between any 
consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the 
carrying value of identifiable net assets of the subsidiary.

revenue reCoGnItIon

Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of trade allowances, 
duties and taxes paid. Revenue is recognised and measured 
at fair value of the consideration received or receivable to 
the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will 
flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. 
The following specific recognition criteria must be met before 
revenue is recognised:

RENDERING OF SERVICES

Revenue from a contract to provide services is recognised 
by reference to the stage of completion of the contract. 
This is normally determined as services performed up to 
and including the balance sheet date as a proportion of 
the total to be performed. Revenue from time and material 
contracts is recognised at the contractual rates as labour 
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. 
Services rendered include international mine consulting 
and contracting services, maintenance and construction 
of roads, highways and rail infrastructure, infrastructure 
maintenance services, engineering and consultancy services 
and facilities management.

Services contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

MINING SERVICES CONTRACTS

Revenue from a contract to provide mining services is 
recognised by reference to the stage of completion of 
the contract. The stage of completion of the contract is 
determined by reference to the services performed up to and 
including the balance sheet date as a proportion of the total 
service to be performed.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

(i) Construction contracts
Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated 
for the construction of an asset or combination of assets.

Revenues and expenses from construction contracts 
are recognised in net profit by reference to the stage of 
completion of the contract as at the reporting date. The 
stage of completion is determined by reference to physical 
estimates, surveys of the work performed or a cost incurred, 
and is usually measured as the ratio of contract costs incurred 
for work performed to date against total contract costs. Any 
expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

CARBON TAX – CONTINUED

Other potential impacts from the carbon pricing mechanism 
on the Group will include operating costs both direct and 
indirect from increased commodity costs (electricity and 
natural gas). The level of increase is still uncertain, but some 
initial modelling suggests that increases in electricity and gas 
costs are unlikely to be material.

Management is currently assessing the potential financial 
impact of the pass-through costs from the impost of a 
price on carbon from suppliers and third parties within the 
Group supply chain. As part of this assessment contractual 
agreements will be reviewed to determine the extent of 
this “pass-through” and consideration will be given to the 
treatment of the carbon price in new agreements negotiated 
in the future.

SIGnIfICant aCCountInG poLICIeS

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner 
which ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies 
the concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring 
that the substance of the underlying transactions or other 
events is reported.

The accounting policies set out below have been consistently 
applied in preparing the Financial Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2011, as well as the comparative information 
presented in these financial statements.

prInCIpLeS of ConSoLIdatIon

The Financial Report is prepared by combining the financial 
statements of all the entities that comprise the consolidated 
entity, being the Company (the parent entity) and its 
subsidiaries as defined in Accounting Standard AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. Consistent 
accounting policies are employed in the preparation and 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
of a subsidiary are measured at fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised 
as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the Group’s 
share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in 
the income statement, but only after a reassessment of the 
identification and measurement of the net assets acquired.

The Financial Report includes the information and results 
of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company 
obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases 
to control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances 
and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the 
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of 
subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes 
in equity and the statement of financial position respectively. 
The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with 
minority interest as transactions with parties external to the 
Group. Disposals to minority interests result in gains and 
losses for the Group that are recorded in the statement of 
comprehensive income. Purchases from minority interests 

46  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS – CONTINUED

OTHER REVENUE

Contract revenue is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable. In the early stages of 
a contract, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent 
of costs incurred that are expected to be recoverable. That 
is, no margin is recognised until the outcome of the contract 
can be reliably estimated. Profit recognition for lump sum 
fixed price contracts does not commence until cost to 
complete can be reliably measured.

Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically 
as the work progresses and reflect adjustments proportionate 
to the percentage of completion in the income statement 
in the period when those estimates are revised. Where 
considered material, provisions are made for all known 
or anticipated losses. Variations from estimated contract 
performance could result in a material adjustment to 
operating results for any financial period. Claims are included 
for extra work or changes in scope of work to the extent 
of costs incurred in contract revenues when collection 
is probable.

Where claims on customers result in dispute and the amount 
in dispute is significant, and it is expected that the matters 
in dispute will not be resolved within 12 months from the 
Company’s reporting date, the provision will be based 
on the Company’s assessment of the risk associated with 
construction contracts at the reporting date.

Construction contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

(ii) Construction contract – Public Private Partnership (PPP)
Revenue and expenses from the PPP construction contract 
are recognised in net profit by reference to the stage of 
completion of each separately identifiable component 
of the contract for the design and manufacture of rolling 
stock and construction of a maintenance facility, to the 
extent of costs incurred plus margin. Margin is recognised 
based on the relative risk assessment of each component 
and costs incurred to achieve operational milestones. Any 
expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately. The 
rolling stock manufacturing contract comprises detailed 
engineering design, prototype development and full scale 
manufacture. These identifiable separate components have 
been determined based on:

 – each component being subject to separate customer 

acceptance procedures; and

 – the costs and revenues of each component having 

been identified.

SALE OF GOODS

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when 
the consolidated entity has transferred to the buyer the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods.

Other revenue is recognised and measured at fair value of 
the consideration received or, for revenue that is receivable, 
to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits 
will flow to the Group and it can be reliably measured.

(i) Royalties
Royalty revenue is recognised on an accrual basis in 
accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement.

(ii) Dividend and interest revenue
Dividend revenue is recognised on a receivable basis. Interest 
revenue is recognised on a time proportionate basis that 
takes into account the effective yield on the financial asset.

(iii) Fee-based revenue
Fee-based revenue generated by Corporate office is 
recognised on an accrual basis as derived.

(iv) Gain or Loss on Non-current Asset Disposal
The gain or loss on disposal of non-current assets is included 
as other income or expense at the date control passes to 
the buyer, usually when an unconditional contract of sale 
is signed. The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the 
difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the 
time of disposal and the net proceeds on disposal.

fInanCe and BorrowInG CoStS

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, 
impairment losses recognised on financial assets, losses on 
ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit 
and loss and finance lease charges.

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of a qualifying 
asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required 
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or 
sale. Other borrowing costs, including the cost to establish 
financing facilities, are expensed over the term of the facility.

GoodS and ServICeS tax

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:

 – where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from 
the taxation authorities, it is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; 
or

 – for receivables and payables which are recognised 

inclusive of GST.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authorities, is included as part of receivables 
or payables. 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flow on a 
gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities which is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authorities, is classified as 
operating cash flows.

annuaL report 2011  47

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

InCome tax

CURRENT TAX

Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of 
income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the 
taxable profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated 
using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date. Current tax for 
current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) 
to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).

DEFERRED TAX

Deferred tax is accounted for using the comprehensive 
balance sheet liability method in respect of temporary 
differences arising from differences between the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the corresponding tax base of those items.

In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that sufficient 
taxable amounts will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences or unused tax losses and tax offsets 
can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from 
the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as 
a result of a business combination) which affects neither 
taxable income nor accounting profit. Furthermore, a 
deferred tax liability is not recognised in relation to taxable 
temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures except when the consolidated entity is 
able to control the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising 
from deductible temporary differences associated with 
these investments and interests are only recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable 
profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary 
differences and they are expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when 
the asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or 
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflect 
the tax consequences that would follow from the manner 
in which the consolidated entity expects, at the reporting 
date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets 
and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
the company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current 
tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

CURRENT AND DEFERRED TAX FOR THE YEAR

Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense or 
income in the income statement, except when it relates to 
items credited or debited directly to other comprehensive 
income, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised 

48  downer edI LImIted

directly in equity, or when it arises from the initial accounting 
for a business combination, in which case it is taken into 
account in the determination of goodwill or the excess.

TAX CONSOLIDATION

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly-owned Australian 
controlled entities are part of a tax-consolidated group 
under Australian taxation law. Downer EDI Limited is the 
head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Entities within 
the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding 
arrangement and a tax sharing agreement with the head 
entity. Under the terms of the tax funding arrangement, 
Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the tax-
consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax 
equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on 
the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

CaSh and CaSh equIvaLentS

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, cash 
in banks and investments in money market instruments, net 
of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities in the statement of 
financial position.

reCeIvaBLeS

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently, less provision for doubtful debts. Trade 
receivables are normally due for settlement no more than 
30 days from the date of recognition.

Prepayments represent the future economic benefits 
receivable in respect of economic sacrifices made in the 
current or prior reporting period.

InventorIeS

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Costs, including an appropriate portion of fixed and 
variable overhead expenses, are assigned to inventories on 
hand by the method most appropriate to each particular 
class of inventories, with the majority being valued on a first 
in first out basis. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs 
to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

fInanCIaL aSSetS

Investments are recognised and derecognised on trade date 
where purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract 
whose terms require delivery of the investment within the time 
frame established by the market concerned, and are initially 
measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Subsequent to initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries 
are measured at cost in the parent entity financial statements.

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

Investments in entities over which the consolidated entity 
has the ability to exercise significant influence but not control 
are accounted for using equity-accounting principles and 
are carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the 
consolidated entity’s share of net assets of associates, less 
any impairment in value.

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES – CONTINUED

Losses of an associate in excess of the Group’s interest in 
an associate are recognised only to the extent that the 
Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or 
made payments on behalf of the associate. If the associate 
subsequently reports profits, the consolidated entity resumes 
recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the 
profits equal the share of losses not recognised.

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value 
less impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in 
fair value are recognised directly in the available-for-sale 
revaluation reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is 
determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative 
gain or loss previously recognised in the available-for-sale 
revaluation reserve is included in the profit or loss for the year.

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

Loans and other receivables are recorded at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method, less impairment.

FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS INVESTMENTS

Fair value through profit and loss investments are valued at fair 
value at each reporting date based on the current bid price. 
Movements in fair value are taken to the income statement.

non-Current aSSetS heLd for SaLe

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for 
sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less cost to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups 
are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when 
the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition and 
the sale of the asset (or disposal group) is expected to be 
completed within one year from the date of classification.

JoInt ventureS

JOINTLY CONTROLLED ASSETS AND OPERATIONS

Interests in jointly controlled assets and operations are 
reported in the financial statements by including the 
consolidated entity’s share of assets employed in the joint 
ventures, the share of liabilities incurred in relation to the joint 
ventures and the share of any expenses incurred in relation to 
the joint ventures in their respective classification categories.

JOINTLY CONTROLLED ENTITIES

Interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for under 
the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

property, pLant and equIpment

Land is measured at cost. Buildings, plant and equipment, 
leasehold improvements and equipment under finance 
lease are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the item. In the event that 
settlement of all or part of the purchase consideration is 

deferred, cost is determined by discounting the amounts 
payable in the future to their present value as at the date 
of acquisition.

The cost of self-constructed and acquired assets includes 
the initial estimate, at the time of installation, of the costs 
of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site 
on which it is located. Where parts of an item of property, 
plant and equipment have different useful lives, they 
are accounted for as separate items of property, plant 
and equipment.

Depreciation is provided on property, plant and equipment, 
including freehold buildings but excluding land. Depreciation 
is calculated on a basis so as to write down the net cost 
of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated 
residual value. The basis of depreciation is determined after 
assessing the nature of the productive capacity of the asset 
and may include straight line, diminishing value and units of 
production (including hours of use) methodologies. Leasehold 
improvements are depreciated over the period of the lease 
or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, using the 
straight line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values 
and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each 
annual reporting period.

The expected useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
are generally:

 – Buildings 

 – Plant and equipment 

 – Equipment under finance lease 

20 – 30 years

3 – 25 years

5 – 15 years

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold properties is 
amortised over the shorter of the unexpired period of the 
lease, the expected period of lease renewal or the estimated 
useful life of the improvements to the consolidated entity.

LeaSeS

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms 
of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as 
operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at 
their fair value or, if lower, at an amount equal to the present 
value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at 
the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the 
lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a 
finance lease obligation.

FINANCE LEASES

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges 
and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability. Finance charges are charged directly against 
income. Finance leased assets are depreciated on a straight 
line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life of each 
asset or the lease term.

OPERATING LEASES

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
on a straight line basis over the lease term, except where 
another systematic basis is more representative of the time 
pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets 
are consumed.

annuaL report 2011  49

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

IntanGIBLe aSSetS

GOODWILL

Goodwill, representing the excess of the cost of acquisition 
over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired, is recognised as an asset 
and not amortised. All potential intangible assets acquired 
in a business combination are identified and recognised 
separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of 
an intangible asset and their fair value can be measured 
reliably.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Purchased patents, trademarks and licences are recorded 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. 
Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over their 
estimated useful lives having considered contractual terms, 
which is not greater than 40 years. The estimated useful life 
and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each 
annual reporting period.

SOFTWARE

Software acquired by the Group is stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Internally 
developed software is capitalised once the project is 
assessed to be feasible. Costs incurred in determining project 
feasibility are expensed as incurred. The costs capitalised 
include consulting, licensing and direct labour costs.

AMORTISATION

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a 
straight line basis over the useful lives of intangible assets 
unless such life is indefinite. Software and other intangible 
assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. 
The estimated useful lives are generally:

 – Software 5 – 6 years;

 – Intangible assets (other than indefinite useful life intangible 

assets) 20 years; and

 – Goodwill has indefinite useful life.

ImpaIrment of aSSetS

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually 
for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other 
assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised 
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purpose of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or 
groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets 
other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

payaBLeS

Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised 
when the consolidated entity becomes obliged to make 
future payments resulting from the purchase of goods 
and services.

50  downer edI LImIted

BorrowInGS

Borrowings are recorded initially at fair value, net of 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings 
are measured at amortised cost with any difference between 
the initial recognised amount and the redemption value 
being recognised in profit or loss over the period of the 
borrowing using the effective interest rate method.

derIvatIve fInanCIaL InStrumentS

The consolidated entity enters into a variety of derivative 
financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest 
rate and foreign exchange rate risk, including forward 
foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and cross 
currency swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective 
as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the 
recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the 
hedge relationship. The consolidated entity designates 
certain derivatives as either hedges of the fair value of 
recognised assets or liabilities, or firm commitments (fair value 
hedges) or hedges of highly probable forecast transactions 
(cash flow hedges).

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no 
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain 
or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in equity and 
is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 
recognised in the income statement. When a forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated 
and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the profit or 
loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value 
of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the 
hedged risk.

CASH FLOW HEDGES

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit or 
loss. Amounts deferred in equity are included in the profit or 
loss in the same periods the hedged item is recognised in the 
profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is 
hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a 
non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred 
in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other 
host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of 
host contracts. This only occurs when the host contracts are 
not measured at fair value through profit and loss.

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

empLoyee BenefItS

WARRANTY

Liabilities are incurred for benefits accruing to employees in 
respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service 
leave, redundancy and sick leave when it is probable that 
settlement will be required and they are capable of being 
measured reliably. Liabilities incurred in respect of employee 
benefits expected to be settled within 12 months, are 
measured at their nominal values using the remuneration 
rate expected to apply at the time of settlement. Liabilities 
incurred in respect of employee benefits which are not 
expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at 
the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to 
be paid by the consolidated entity in respect of services 
provided by employees up to reporting date. Contributions 
to defined contribution superannuation plans are expensed 
when incurred.

BONUS PLANS

A liability for employee benefits in the form of bonus plans 
is recognised in current provisions when there is no realistic 
alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the 
following conditions is met:

 – there are formal terms in the plan for determining the 

amount of the benefit;

Provision is made for the estimated liability on products under 
warranty at balance date. This provision is estimated having 
regard to service warranty experience. Other warranty costs 
are accrued for as and when the liability arises.

ONEROUS CONTRACT

A provision for an onerous contract is recognised when the 
expected benefits to be derived from a contract are less 
than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under 
that contract, and only after impairment losses to assets 
dedicated to that contract have been recognised.

The provision recognised is based on the excess of the 
estimated cash flows to meet the unavoidable costs under 
the contract over the estimated cash flows to be received 
in relation to the contract, having regard to the risks of the 
activities relating to the contract. The net estimated cash 
flows are discounted using market yields at balance date 
of national government guaranteed bonds with terms to 
maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the 
expected future payment where the effect of discounting 
is material.

 – the amounts to be paid are determined before the time 

foreIGn CurrenCy

of completion of the financial report; and

 – past practice gives clear evidence of the amount of 

the obligation.

Liabilities for bonus plans are expected to be settled within 
12 months and are measured at the amounts expected to 
be paid when they are settled.

provISIonS

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity 
has a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic 
benefits is probable, and the amount of the provision can 
be measured reliably.

DECOMMISSIONING AND RESTORATION

Provision is made for close down, restoration and 
environmental rehabilitation costs (which include the 
dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, removal of 
residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas) in 
the accounting period when the related environmental 
disturbance occurs, based on estimated future costs. The 
provision is discounted using a current market based pre-tax 
discount rate.

The provision is the best estimate of the present value of the 
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at the 
reporting date, based on current legal requirements and 
technology. Future rectification costs are reviewed annually 
and any changes are reflected in the present value of the 
rectification provision at the end of the reporting period.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

All foreign currency transactions during the financial year are 
brought to account using the exchange rate in effect at the 
date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items at 
reporting date are translated at the exchange rate existing 
at reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried 
at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair 
value was determined.

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the 
translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies at reporting date exchange rates are 
recognised in the income statement, except when deferred 
in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the 
consolidated entity’s overseas operations are translated at 
exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and 
expense items are translated at the average exchange rates 
for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. 
Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in the 
foreign currency translation reserve and recognised in the 
income statement on disposal of the foreign operation.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign entity on or after the date of transition to A-IFRS 
are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date.

annuaL report 2011  51

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

TREASURY SHARES

When treasury shares subsequently vest to employees under 
the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of 
the vested shares is transferred to the employee equity 
benefits reserve.

aCCountInG for fInanCIaL Guarantee ContraCtS

Financial guarantee contracts are measured initially at their 
fair values and subsequently measured at the higher of the 
amount recognised as a provision and the amount initially 
recognised less cumulative amortisation in accordance with 
the revenue recognition policies.

earnInGS per Share (epS)

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity, adjusted for the cost of servicing equity 
(other than ordinary shares), divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity divided by the total of the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year 
and the number of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive when their 
conversion to ordinary shares would increase earnings per 
share or decrease loss per share from continuing operations. 
The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not 
assume conversion, exercise, or other issue of potential 
ordinary shares that would have an anti-dilutive effect on 
earnings per share.

operatInG SeGmentS

An operating segment is a component of an entity that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue 
and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker 
to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the 
segment and assess its performance.

new aCCountInG StandardS and InterpretatIonS

At the date of authorisation of the Financial Report, the 
standards and interpretations listed below were in issue 
but not yet effective. They will be applied in the Group’s 
Financial Report related to the first annual reporting period 
commencing after the effective date.

Initial application of the following standards will not affect 
any of the amounts recognised in the Financial Report, but 
will change the disclosure presently made in relation to the 
Group’s Financial Report:

 – AASB 2010-4 Further Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2011; and

 – AASB 2010-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards effective for annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2011.

fInanCIaL InStrumentS

DEBT AND EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either liabilities 
or as equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement.

TRANSACTION COSTS ON THE ISSUE OF EQUITY 
INSTRUMENTS

Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments 
are recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the 
proceeds of the equity instruments to which the costs relate. 
Transaction costs are the costs that are incurred directly in 
connection with the issue of those equity instruments and 
which would not have been incurred had those instruments 
not been issued.

INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS

Interest and dividends are classified as expenses or as 
distributions of profit consistent with the statement of financial 
position classification of the related debt or equity instruments.

dIvIdendS

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, 
being appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity, before or at the end of the financial 
year but not distributed at balance date.

Share-BaSed tranSaCtIonS

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant.

The Group makes share-based awards to certain employees. 
The fair value is determined at the date of grant, taking 
into account any market related performance conditions. 
For equity-settled awards, the fair value is charged to the 
income statement and credited to equity.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined 
using an option pricing model that takes into account 
the exercise price, the term of the option, the vesting 
and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the 
non-tradeable nature of the option, the share price at 
grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying 
share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free 
interest rate of the term of the option.

The fair value of any options granted excludes the impact 
of any non-market vesting conditions (e.g. profitability and 
sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the 
entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are 
expected to vest. The employee benefits expense recognised 
in each year takes into account the most recent estimate.

Share CapItaL

ORDINARY SHARES

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental 
costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares 
are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any 
tax effects.

52  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 1. SummaRy Of aCCOunTIng POlICIES – COnTInuED

new aCCountInG StandardS and InterpretatIonS 
– ContInued

The following standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application. They 
have not been applied in preparing this Financial Report. The 
Group has not yet determined the potential effect of these 
standards on the Group’s future Financial Reports.

 – AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards arising from AASB 9 effective on a modified 
retrospective basis to annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013;

 – AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2010-7 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2010) effective on a modified retrospective 
basis to annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2010-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Disclosures on Transfers of Financial Assets 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 
2011; and

 – AASB 2010-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2012.

The following pronouncements approved by the IASB/IFRIC, 
where an equivalent pronouncement has not yet been 
issued by the AASB, have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application. They 
have not been applied in preparing this Financial Report. 
The Group has not yet determined the potential effect of 
these standards on the Group’s future Financial Reports.

 – IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements effective 

1 January 2013;

 – IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements effective 1 January 2013;

 – IFRS 12 Disclosure of Involvement with Other Entities 

effective 1 January 2013;

 – IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement effective for annual 

reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013;

 – IAS 19 Employee Benefits effective 1 January 2013;

 – IAS 27 Consolidate and Separate Financial Statements 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013; and

 – IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

effective 1 January 2013.

annuaL report 2011  53

aCCountInG poLICIeS and Inter-SeGment 
tranSaCtIonS

The accounting policies used by the Group in reporting 
segments internally are the same as the Group accounting 
policies contained in Note 1.

Inter-entity sales are recorded at amounts equal to 
competitive market prices charged to external customers for 
similar goods. 

The following items and the associated assets and liabilities 
are not allocated to operating segments as they are not 
considered part of the core operations of any segment:

(a) 

 In the current year, the Group recognised $250.0 million 
pre-tax provision on the Waratah train project. 
This provision together with a $16.6 million pre-tax 
impairment of assets charge is not included in the 
measurement of segment profit and loss. The details 
of the provision charge and impairment of assets are 
separately disclosed as “Individually significant items” in 
the consolidated income statement and as discussed 
in Note 4;

(b) 

 Interest income and finance cost;

(c)  

 Corporate charges comprising non-segmental 
expenses such as head office expenses; and

(d) 

 Income tax expense. 

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 2. SEgmEnT InfORmaTIOn

IdentIfICatIon of reportaBLe SeGmentS

The Group has identified its operating segments based on 
the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board 
of Directors in assessing performance and in determining the 
allocation of resources.

The operating segments are identified by Management 
based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete 
financial information about each of these operating 
businesses is reported to the Board of Directors on a recurring 
basis.

The reportable segments are based on aggregated 
operating segments determined by the similarity of the 
services provided, as these are the sources of the Group’s 
major risks and have the greatest effect on the rates of return. 
The operating segments identified within the Group during 
the year are outlined below:

Engineering includes Consulting, Emerging Sectors and 
Asia: Provides engineering, procurement, construction 
management services, electrical and instrumentation 
construction and services. Design, installation and 
management of power systems including transmission lines 
and renewable energy facilities. Structural, mechanical and 
piping construction and services. Project management, 
feasibility studies, master planning, architecture and urban 
design. Engineering design and specialist consulting services 
to public and private sectors. Mining consulting services 
and design and construction for materials handling and 
minerals processing.

Mining: Provides contract mining services including open-
cut and underground operations, whole-of-lifecycle mine 
planning, tyre management, explosives and exploration, 
drilling and blasting.

Rail: Provides design, build, fit-out and maintenance of 
passenger rolling stock; design, build and maintenance of 
freight rolling stock including locomotives and rail wagons, 
and importing and commissioning of completed locomotives 
units for use in the resources sector.

Works: Provides essential services for the development, 
management and maintenance of road and rail assets in the 
public and private sectors, providing utility services such as 
groundworks for power, gas and telecommunications and 
maintenance of water supply and wastewater treatment.

54  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 2. SEgmEnT InfORmaTIOn – COnTInuED

InformatIon aBout maJor CuStomerS

The Group has no single external customer that provided more than 10 per cent of the Group’s revenue. Revenue by operating 
segment is shown below:

By business segment

Engineering and Consulting

Mining

Rail

Works

Total revenue(i)

Share of sales revenue 
in joint venture entities 
and associates

Total revenue 
including joint ventures 
and associates

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2,268,608

1,868,782

1,391,723

947,036

913,224

943,759

30,453

74,154

24,857

60,249

2,299,061

1,893,639

1,465,877

973,473

181,989

102,998

1,129,025

1,046,757

2,037,453

2,058,278

32,481

23,064

2,069,934

2,081,342

Inter-segment sales

(9,885)

(12,647)

–

–

(9,885)

(12,647)

Subtotal

Unallocated 

Total

6,634,935

5,771,396

319,077

211,168

6,954,012

5,982,564

21,092

73,371

–

–

21,092

73,371

6,656,027

5,844,767

319,077

211,168

6,975,104

6,055,935

(i)   total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external 

customers for similar goods. 

annuaL report 2011  55

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 2. SEgmEnT InfORmaTIOn – COnTInuED

By business segment

Engineering and Consulting

Mining

Rail

Works

Total reported segment income

Unallocated 

Interest revenue

Interest expense

Net interest expense

Total (loss)/profit before income tax

Income tax benefit

Total net (loss)/profit after income tax

Reconciliation of segment net operating profit to net profit after tax:

Segment net operating profit 

Unallocated:

Provision for Waratah train project

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of assets

Provision for legacy customer contracts

Provision for MB Century investment

Total individually significant items

Impairment of MB Century

Gain on property sales (i)

Ramu arbitration award (ii)

Segment results

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

3(a)

3(b)

4

4

4

4

4

72,015

119,578

75,034

53,977

320,604

112,519

68,191

77,926

102,901

361,537

(294,941)

(308,175)

14,180

(78,489)

(64,309)

(38,646)

10,946

(27,700)

18,103

(69,398)

(51,295)

2,067

985

3,052

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

320,604

361,537

(250,000)

(190,000)

(9,770)

(6,803)

–

–

(42,000)

–

(18,000)

 (10,000)

(266,573)

(260,000)

–

4,050

–

–

13,166

(6,894)

(38,690)

(294,941)

14,180

(78,489)

(38,646)

10,946

(27,700)

(15,871)

27,823

31,000

2,350

(32,914)

(5,300)

(55,263)

(308,175)

18,103

(69,398)

2,067

985

3,052

Gain on disposal of MB Century classified as asset held for sale

3(a)

Settlement/provision for customer contracts

Restructuring costs

Corporate costs

Total unallocated 

Interest revenue

Interest expense

Total (loss)/profit before income tax

Income tax benefit

Total net (loss)/profit after tax

(i)   during the year, a number of properties in australia and new Zealand have been sold and/or subject to sale and leaseback for gross 

proceeds of $12.8 million, net proceeds of $12.2 million and profit of $4.1 million.

(ii)  Included within prior year revenue is a net recovery of $31.0 million referable to an international arbitral award (kina 86.4 million) awarded 
in the Group’s favour in relation to the construction of the ramu highway in papua new Guinea. the amount comprises the award less a 
provision against a GSt receivable and expected costs to recover from the papua new Guinea Government. following the Court proceeding 
in february 2011, consent orders were issued and downer has received the full recovery amount in June 2011.

56  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 2. SEgmEnT InfORmaTIOn – COnTInuED

By business segment

Engineering and Consulting

Mining

Rail

Works

Total

Unallocated

Total

By business segment

Engineering and Consulting

Mining

Rail

Works

Total

Unallocated

Total

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Depreciation and 
amortisation

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

875,024

1,013,383

786,784

823,576

693,969

790,101

442,131

427,753

452,976

257,223

404,309

364,888

950,986

1,048,084

481,855

465,723

24,202

123,239

5,393

52,061

22,961

71,057

6,746

56,541

3,626,177

3,355,730

1,756,048

1,540,810

204,895

157,305

84,489

100,270

512,233

672,339

5,599

2,854

3,710,666

3,456,000

2,268,281

2,213,149

210,494

160,159

Carrying value of equity-
accounted investments

Share of net profit of 
equity-accounted 
investments

Acquisition of  
segment assets

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

10,615

11

20,649

6,079

37,354

–

4,784

11

13,089

4,526

22,410

–

6,500

9,948

8,337

1,610

191

9,965

5,740

2,126

34,231

53,572

410,726

130,900

18,049

47,408

22,996

35,066

26,395

18,022

510,414

242,534

–

–

2,381

7,935

37,354

22,410

26,395

18,022

512,795

250,469

The consolidated entity operated in five principal geographical areas – Australia, Pacific (New Zealand, Papua New Guinea 
and Fiji), North East Asia (Hong Kong and China), South East Asia (Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia and the 
Philippines) and Other (United Kingdom, Canada, South Africa and Brazil).

By geographic location

Australia

Pacific

North East Asia

South East Asia

Other

Total

Total revenue(i)

Segment assets

Acquisition of  
segment assets

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

5,443,237

4,529,942

3,063,976

2,729,457

495,558

226,134

878,484

918,707

434,461

459,276

12,928

19,691

9,476

244,938

79,892

19,754

264,974

111,390

11,286

13,699

160,319

199,552

40,624

54,016

–

1,832

2,477

–

3,461

1,183

6,656,027

5,844,767

3,710,666

3,456,000

512,795

250,469

(i)   total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external 

customers for similar goods.

annuaL report 2011  57

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 3. PROfIT fROm ORDInaRy aCTIvITIES – COnTInuIng OPERaTIOnS

a) Revenue

Sales revenue

Rendering of services

Mining services

Construction contracts

Sale of goods

Other revenue

Other revenue

Rental income

Dividends

Other entities

Interest revenue

Other loans and receivables

Other income

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Gain on disposal of MB Century classified as asset held for sale

Net foreign exchange gains

Total other income

Total revenue and other income

Share of sales revenue from joint venture entities and associates

Total revenue and other income including joint ventures and associates

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

4,100,861

1,364,048

934,317

214,324

3,821,611

890,091

892,971

174,911

17,390

1,544

15,727

944

701

359

6,633,185

5,796,614

14,180

18,103

8,490

–

172

8,662

27,700

2,350

–

30,050

6,656,027

5,844,767

319,077

211,168

6,975,104

6,055,935

2

2

2

58  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 3. PROfIT fROm ORDInaRy aCTIvITIES – COnTInuIng OPERaTIOnS – COnTInuED

b) Operating expenses 

Cost of goods sold

Finance costs on liabilities carried at amortised cost:

Interest expense 

Finance lease expense

Total interest and finance lease expense

Net foreign exchange losses

Net loss on disposal of business

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets:

Plant and equipment

Buildings 

Amortisation of leased assets 

Total depreciation

Amortisation of intellectual property/software

Total depreciation and amortisation

Doubtful debts

Operating lease expenses related to land and buildings

Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment

Total operating lease expenses 

Employee benefits expense:

Defined contribution plans 

Share-based transactions 

Employee benefits

Total employee benefits expense

(Gain) arising on derivatives in a designated  
fair value hedge accounting relationship

Loss arising on adjustment to hedged item in a  
designated fair value hedge accounting relationship

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

2

16

16

16

17

165,451

135,426

73,712

4,777

78,489

–

441

65,291

4,107

69,398

527

–

196,826

146,622

2,425

8,795

208,046

2,448

210,494

2,931

6,882

156,435

3,724

160,159

2,499

1,770

69,852

164,753

234,605 

111,599

4,870

2,102,060

2,218,529

(732)

508

(224)

61,971

110,200

172,171

100,603

6,075

1,837,591

1,944,269

(1,487)

1,315

(172)

annuaL report 2011  59

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 4. InDIvIDually SIgnIfICanT ITEmS 

The following material items are relevant to an understanding  
of the Group’s financial performance:

 – Provision for Waratah train project (Note 1)

 – Impairment of goodwill

 – Impairment of assets

 – Provision for legacy customer contracts

 – Provision for MB Century investment

Note

17

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

250,000

9,770

6,803

–

–

266,573

190,000

42,000

–

18,000

10,000

260,000

provISIon for waratah traIn ContraCt

On 27 January 2011, the Group announced a $250.0 million pre-tax provision on the Waratah Rolling Stock Manufacture 
(RSM) train project following a full review of the project. The review undertaken revealed that the tendered estimates did 
not sufficiently provide for the full extent of the design development and approval, material supply and time-related project 
overhead costs being incurred during the procurement and manufacturing phases of the contract. The provision represents 
the best professional estimate of the forward forecast cost to complete for a project of this size and complexity at this stage 
of completion.

ImpaIrment of GoodwILL and aSSetS

As required by accounting standards, the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of assets, having had regard to 
the current and future operating performance of a number of businesses. As a result of this assessment, management identified 
impairments of goodwill and assets relating to CPG New Zealand (Consulting arm of the Engineering Division) and Works UK 
totalling $16.6 million.

CONSULTING – CPG NZ

The CPG business in New Zealand has underperformed as a result of challenging economic conditions in NZ. Management 
decided to impair goodwill amounting to $7.8 million (2010: $22.0 million).

WORKS UK

The Works UK business was acquired in 2006. The weak UK economy has seen the business underperform and as a result a 
goodwill impairment of $2.0 million (2010: $20.0 million) has been recognised in the current year.

Management has completed a review of assets held and recognised impairment for a total value of $6.8 million to reduce the 
carrying value of the assets to their expected realisable value.

60  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 5. InCOmE Tax

a) Income tax recognised in the income statement

Tax benefit comprises:

Current tax (benefit)/expense

Deferred tax expense/(benefit) relating to the origination and reversal of temporary 
differences

Total tax benefit

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

(25,212)

48,875

14,266

(10,946)

(49,860)

(985)

The prima facie income tax (benefit)/expense on pre-tax accounting profit reconciles to the income tax benefit in the financial 
statements as follows:

(Loss)/profit before income tax

(38,646)

2,067

Group income tax (benefit)/expense calculated at 30 per cent of operating (loss)/profit

(11,594)

 – Amortisation of intangible assets

 – Non-taxable gains

 – Exempt income

 – Non-deductible expenses

 – Share of net profit of associates and joint ventures

 – Effect of different rates of tax on overseas income

 – Research and development

 – Effect of unrecognised temporary differences

 – Impairment of goodwill

 – Other items

Over provision of income tax in previous year

Income tax benefit attributable to profit

73

(862)

(832)

343

– 

(5,899)

(2,130)

3,407

2,930

4,484

(10,080)

(866)

(10,946)

620

148

(5,934)

(823)

477

(307)

(5,473)

(4,300)

(418)

12,600

3,017

(393)

(592)

(985)

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30 per cent payable by Australian corporate entities 
on taxable profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the 
previous year.

annuaL report 2011  61

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 5. InCOmE Tax – COnTInuED

b) Income tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

The following current and deferred amounts were charged directly  
to equity during the year:

Current tax

 – unvested executive incentive shares

Deferred tax

 – capital raising transaction costs

 – share-based costs

Revaluations of financial instruments treated as:

 – cash flow hedges

 – available for sale reserve

Total deferred tax charged to equity

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

1,547

3,130

3,366

(1,672)

(617)

4,207

–

(2,653)

11,993

–

9,340

Total charged directly to equity

4,207

10,887

nOTE 6. REmunERaTIOn Of auDITORS

Audit or review of financial reports:

Auditor of the parent entity

Related practice of the parent entity auditor

Non-audit services:

Tax services

Audit related services 

Due diligence and other non-audit services (i)

Consolidated

2011  

$

2010  

$

2,780,516

2,800,016

733,824

833,348

3,514,340

3,633,364

228,372

73,474

810,694

1,112,540

729,717

54,529

96,000

880,246

The auditor of the Group is Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

(i)   other services relate to agreed-upon procedures, accounting advice and capital raising advisory services.

62  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 7. EaRnIngS PER ShaRE

Earnings per share (EPS) from continuing operations:

 – Basic EPS

 – Diluted EPS

2011

Loss attributable to members of the parent entity ($’000)

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’000)

Loss attributable to members of the parent entity  
used in calculating EPS ($’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS)  
on issue (No. (000’s))

WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (No. (000’s))(i)

WANOS used in the calculation of EPS (No. (000’s))

2011  
Cents per  

share

2010  
Cents per  

share

(10.5)

(10.5)

Basic  
EPS

(27,843)

(10,392)

(2.4)

(2.4)

Diluted  

EPS

(27,843)

–

(38,235)

(27,843)

365,448

–

365,448

365,448

 43,281 

408,729

Earnings per share from continuing operations (cents per share)(ii)

(10.5)

(10.5)

(i)   the wanoS adjustment is calculated based on the issued value of roadS divided by the average market price of the Company’s ordinary 

shares for the period 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011 ($4.13). the average market price was used in the calculation as it produces a more 
representative price by taking into consideration the fluctuating share price during the financial year.

(ii)  at 30 June 2011, the roadS are deemed anti-dilutive; hence, diluted epS remained at (10.5) cents per share.

annuaL report 2011  63

 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 7. EaRnIngS PER ShaRE – COnTInuED

2010

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’000)

Profit adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’000)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity  
used in calculating EPS ($’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS)  
on issue (No. (000’s))

WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (No. (000’s))(i)

WANOS used in the calculation of EPS (No. (000’s))

Basic  
EPS

2,957

(11,020)

Diluted  

EPS

2,957

–

(8,063)

2,957

333,663

–

333,663

333,663

23,877

357,540

Earnings per share from continuing operations (cents per share)(ii)

(2.4)

(2.4)

(i)   the wanoS adjustment is calculated based on the issued value of roadS divided by the average market price ($7.48) of the Company’s 
ordinary shares for the financial year ended 30 June 2010. the average market price was used in the calculation as it produces a more 
representative price by taking into consideration the fluctuating share price during the financial year.

(ii) at 30 June 2010, the roadS are deemed anti-dilutive; hence diluted epS remained at (2.4) cents per share.

64  downer edI LImIted

 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 8. DIvIDEnDS

No interim dividend was paid in relation to the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

No final dividend will be paid in relation to the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

a) Ordinary shares

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)

Franking percentage

Cost (in $’000)

Payment date

Dividend record date

Final  
2010

Interim  
2010

16.0

13.1

unfranked

unfranked

54,155

43,712

1/10/2010

9/04/2010

1/09/2010

9/03/2010

The final dividend paid for 2010 includes an additional 1,884,000 shares issued under the employee share plan on 31 August 2010.

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

1.35

1.30

1.26

1.33

Quarter 1
2011

Quarter 2
2011

Quarter 3
2011

Quarter 4
2011

New Zealand imputation credit  
percentage per ROADS

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

100%

2,611

100%

2,601

100%

2,526

100%

2,654

15/09/2010

15/12/2010

15/03/2011

15/06/2011

Quarter 1
2010

Quarter 2
2010

Quarter 3
2010

Quarter 4
2010

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

1.41

1.38

1.33

1.39

Total
2011

5.24

100%

10,392

Total
2010

5.51

100%

11,020

100%

2,813

100%

2,762

100%

2,658

100%

2,787

15/09/2009

15/12/2009

15/03/2010

15/06/2010

New Zealand imputation credit  
percentage per ROADS

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

Franking credits

Franking account balance

Parent Entity

2011  

$’000

–

2010  
$’000

–

annuaL report 2011  65

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 9. CaSh anD CaSh EquIvalEnTS

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term deposits 

nOTE 10. InvEnTORIES

Current

Raw materials – at cost

Work in progress – at cost

Finished goods – at cost

Components and spare parts – at cost

nOTE 11. TRaDE anD OThER RECEIvaBlES 

Current

Trade receivables

Allowance for doubtful debts 

Amounts due from customers under contracts and rendering of services

Provision for Waratah train project(i)

Other receivables 

Total trade and other receivables

Note

35(a)

11(a)

11(b)

29

29

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

286,395

2,180

288,575

144,959

1,748

32,348

13,513

192,568

2010  
$’000

381,776

3,350

385,126

116,081

2,520

16,686

57,851

193,138

564,057

(5,573)

558,484

504,739

(4,606)

500,133

957,491

803,525

(254,598)

(190,000)

702,893

613,525

51,621

70,220

1,312,998

1,183,878

(i)   provision for waratah train project includes $185.4 million of provision utilisation during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

(a)  Of the total $564.1 million (2010: $504.7 million) of trade receivables, $383.1 million (2010: $359.1 million) are current (i.e. within 
30 days). Management considers that there are no indications as of the reporting date that the debtors will not meet their 
payment obligations. 

Of the total receivables of $564.1 million (2010: $504.7 million): 

 – $nil (2010: $0.1 million) are renegotiated receivables and Management has assessed that these are all recoverable and no 

impairment has been taken; 

 – $175.4 million (2010: $140.9 million) are past due but not impaired with an average of more than 67 days. These relate to 
a number of customers for whom there is no recent history of default, nor other indicators of impairment. Management 
considers that no provision is required on these balances. The consolidated entity does not hold any collateral over these 
balances; and  

 – $5.6 million (2010: $4.6 million) are impaired and have been provided for. An allowance account has been made for 

estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts arising from the past rendering of services, determined by reference to 
past default experience. 

66  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 11. TRaDE anD OThER RECEIvaBlES – COnTInuED

(b)  Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

Balance at the beginning of financial year

Additional provisions

Amounts used

Amounts reversed

Foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of financial year

The consolidated entity has used the following basis to assess the allowance loss for trade receivables:

i)    a specific provision based on historical bad debt experience;

ii)   the general economic conditions in specific geographical regions;

iii)   an individual account-by-account specific risk assessment based on past credit history; and

iv)   any prior knowledge of debtor insolvency or other credit risk.

nOTE 12. OThER fInanCIal aSSETS

Current

Available-for-sale investments

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Fair value through profit and loss investments

Other financial assets 

Non-current

Available-for-sale investments 

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Fair value through profit and loss investments

Deferred consideration receivable 

Other financial assets 

Total other financial assets

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

(4,606)

(3,133)

1,424

634

108

2010  
$’000

(8,198)

(5,355)

5,178

3,585

184

(5,573)

(4,606)

–

5,179

–

150

749

6,078

2,149

6,894

303

2,607

755

12,708

13,750

15,236

607

1,122

5,223

475

9,800

2,125

4,210

3,723

860

9,800

30,977

35,954

37,055

48,662

annuaL report 2011  67

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 13. Tax aSSETS

Current

Current tax assets

Non-current

a) Deferred tax assets

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

14,312

13,765

137,949

123,280

b) Movement in deferred tax assets for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax benefit

13(d)

Charged to equity

Acquisition of businesses

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Tax losses recognised/(transfers or utilisation of losses)

Disposal of entities and operations

Other

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross) 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction 

13(c)

22(b)

Net deferred tax assets 

c)  Deferred tax assets at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to: 

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Equity-accounted investments

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Income tax losses

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Capital raising transaction costs

Other

Total deferred tax assets (gross)

d) Amounts charged to income statement as deferred income tax benefit:

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Equity-accounted investments

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Income tax losses

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Other

Deferred tax assets in relation to prior years

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax benefit

68  downer edI LImIted

192,565

18,119

(1,336)

–

(2,279)

51,172

(126)

(5,044)

253,071

(115,122)

137,949

43,566

4,275

8,649

95

18,151

78,139

661

62,976

32,395

3,130

1,034

180,620

34,380

13,334

660

(1,459)

(33,194)

–

(1,776)

192,565

(69,285)

123,280

59,168

3,996

7,827

877

18,749

61,605

872

25,855

12,307

–

1,309

253,071

192,565

10,113

279

5,681

(637)

(2,512)

14,417

(227)

(6,676)

2,893

(381)

(4,831)

18,119

28,341

(673)

1,177

636

(1,771)

8,102

(20)

2,524

(18)

616

(4,534)

34,380

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 14. OThER aSSETS

Current

Prepayments

Other deposits

Other current assets

Non-current

Prepayments

Total other assets

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

35,540

4,134

1,287

40,961

4,684

45,645

21,887

3,072

3,828

28,787

5,464

34,251

nOTE 15. EquITy-aCCOunTED InvESTmEnTS

Equity-accounted investments 

Note

15(b)

2011  

$’000

37,354

2010  
$’000

22,410

a)  The consolidated entity has interests in the following joint venture operations:

Name of joint venture

Principal activity

BPL Downer Joint Venture

Building construction

Downer CSS Joint Venture (i)

Telecommunications

Downer Electrical GHD JV(i)

Traffic control infrastructure

Country of 
operation

Singapore

Thailand

Australia

Leighton Works

Road construction

New Zealand

Yokogawa Downer Joint Venture

Refurbishment of power station

Australia

Tenix Downer Joint Venture (ii)

Power transmission and distribution Australia

Downer Mouchel (iii)

Road maintenance

Thiess Downer EDI Works

Roche Thiess Linfox Joint Venture (iv)

Construction of coast to coast 
railway

Contract mining; civil works and 
plant hire

Australia

Australia

Australia

Synergy Joint Venture

Road and pavement construction

Australia

Dampier Highway Joint Venture

Highway construction and design

Australia

Ownership interest

2011 
%

2010 
%

50

60

90

50

50

–

50

25

44

33

50

50

60

90

50

50

50

50

25

44

–

–

(i)   

 Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50 per cent of these joint ventures.

(ii)  

 these joint ventures were dissolved during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

(iii)  

 downer mouchel is an unincorporated joint venture. the joint venture agreement specifies 50 per cent ownership, except where an 
Integrated Service arrangement obligation is in place, whereby downer edI owns 60 per cent of the joint venture.

(iv) 

 roche thiess Linfox is an unincorporated joint venture at 30 June 2011.

annuaL report 2011  69

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 15. EquITy-aCCOunTED InvESTmEnTS – COnTInuED

b)  The consolidated entity and its controlled entities have interests in the following joint venture and associates entities:

Name of entity

Principal activity

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt Limited

Asphalt plant

Bitumen Importers Australia  
Joint Venture

Construction of bitumen 
storage facility

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty Ltd

Bitumen importer

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation 
(Maintenance) Pty Ltd

Maintenance of railway  
rolling stock

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation 
Pty Ltd

Sale and maintenance of railway 
rolling stock

Country of 
incorporation

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Emulco Limited

Emulsion plant

New Zealand

John Holland EDI Joint Venture

Research reactor

MPE Facilities Management Sdn Bhd

Facilities management  
consultancy service

Australia

Malaysia

SIP Jiacheng Property 
Development Co Ltd

Property development

China

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Recycling

Stockton Alliance Limited

Mine operations

New Zealand

New Zealand

Associates

Clyde Babcock Hitachi (Australia) 
Pty Ltd

Design, construction and 
maintenance of boilers

Australia

D’axis Planners & Consultants Co. Ltd Master planning and consulting 

China

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd

service

Rail manufacturing and 
maintenance

Operation of Yarra Trams and 
Melbourne tram network

Operations and maintenance for 
Gold Coast Rapid Transit Project

Australia

Australia

Australia

Aromatrix Technologies Pte Ltd (i)

Environmental engineering and 
consultancy services 

Singapore

(i)  this associate was sold during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

Ownership interest

2011  
%

2010  
%

50

50

50

50

50

50

40

50

50

33

50

27

40

49

49

49

–

50

50

50

50

50

50

40

50

50

–

50

27

40

49

49

–

33

70  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 15. EquITy-aCCOunTED InvESTmEnTS – COnTInuED

Equity-accounted investments

Equity accounted amount of investment at the beginning of the financial 
year

 – Share of net profit

 – Share of distributions

 – Additional interest in joint venture entities

 – Disposal of interest in joint venture entities

 – Foreign currency exchange differences

Equity-accounted investment at the end of the financial year

Share of results of joint venture entities and associates

Revenue 

Expenses 

Summarised financial information of the consolidated entity’s  
share of the above joint venture entities and associates:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Investment in associates

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

22,410

26,395

(12,667)

2,448

(791)

(441)

37,354

8,437

18,022

(12,708)

10,584

(1,902)

(23)

22,410

3(a)

319,077

(288,876)

30,201

211,168

(189,992)

21,176

121,022

30,237

151,259

105,621

17,812

123,433

102,352

38,393

140,745

101,071

17,758

118,829

27,826

21,916

The Group has a 49 per cent investment in Reliance Rail. The investment initially totalled $67.0 million and comprised $66.3 million 
A1 notes included as part of “Other Financial Assets” and $0.7 million included as part of “Equity-Accounted Investments”. 
The Group equity accounts for its share of profit and loss and hedge reserve movements in accordance with AASB 128 
Investments in Associates.

With effect from May 2009, Reliance Rail ceased hedge accounting for its financial derivative instruments. Downer adopted 
a consistent accounting treatment. The hedge reserve of $79.1 million at that date is being amortised on a straight line basis 
over 30 years, being the contracted term of the Waratah Public Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support contract. Should 
Reliance Rail cease to be a going concern, the Group may be required to write-off the unamortised balance.

annuaL report 2011  71

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 15. EquITy-aCCOunTED InvESTmEnTS – COnTInuED

Movement in 49% investment in Reliance Rail

Equity-accounted amount of investment at the beginning of the financial year

Share of loss recognised for the year (i)

Release of allowance against investment

Equity-accounted amount of investment at the end of the financial year

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

–

–

–

–

(59,033)

59,033

–

(i)   the Group’s share of losses in the current year was $18.6 million (based on unaudited accounts). as the carrying value of the investment was 
already fully written-down at the beginning of the financial year, the Group has not equity accounted its share of reliance rail’s net loss for 
the year. 

Unaudited summarised financial position of Reliance Rail

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net liabilities

Group’s share of associate’s net liabilities

c) Contingent liabilities

1,085,427

995,924

2,081,351

116,153

2,007,549

2,123,702

42,351

20,752

1,023,335

1,047,586

2,070,921

70,862

2,010,183

2,081,045

10,124

4,961

The consolidated entity’s share of the contingent liabilities of joint venture entities are included in Note 28.

72  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 16. PROPERTy, PlanT anD EquIPmEnT

2011

$’000

At 1 July 2010

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2011

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Disposals of business at net book value

Depreciation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 17)

Transfers/reclassifications at net book value

Net foreign currency exchange  
differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2011

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

11,388

54,029

1,499,571

64,271

1,629,259

–

(16,283)

(740,196)

(10,704)

(767,183)

11,388

37,746

759,375

53,567

862,076

8,349

(823)

–

–

–

–

4,383

438,292

60,003

511,027

(2,468)

(103,293)

(445)

(107,029)

(3)

(714)

–

(717)

(2,425)

(196,826)

(8,795)

(208,046)

(426)

(1,479)

(894)

3,595

–

5,564

(1,320)

7,680

(42)

(541)

(8,039)

(34)

(8,656)

18,872

34,787

891,496

109,860

1,055,015

18,872

49,203

1,688,721

130,826

1,887,622

–

(14,416)

(797,225)

(20,966)

(832,607)

18,872

34,787

891,496

109,860

1,055,015

annuaL report 2011  73

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 16. PROPERTy, PlanT anD EquIPmEnT – COnTInuED

2010

$’000

At 1 July 2009

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2010

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Acquisition of businesses 

Depreciation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 17)

Reclassifications at net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

26,170

65,246

1,383,265

55,708

1,530,389

–

(17,707)

(663,077)

(3,301)

(684,085)

26,170

47,539

720,188

52,407

846,304

1,887

10,327

211,790

(16,626)

(15,764)

(27,051)

–

10,564

489

(168)

1,309

224,493

(59,609)

11,873

(2,931)

(146,622)

(6,882)

(156,435)

–

(957)

(4,417)

(5,368)

–

6,443

(4,417)

–

–

–

–

(118)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book 
value

75

(468)

291

(31)

(133)

Closing net book value

11,388

37,746

759,375

53,567

862,076

At 30 June 2010

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

11,388

54,029

1,499,571

64,271

1,629,259

–

(16,283)

(740,196)

(10,704)

(767,183)

11,388

37,746

759,375

53,567

862,076

74  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 17. InTangIBlE aSSETS

2011

$’000

At 1 July 2010

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2011

Purchases

Reclassifications at net book value

Disposal of businesses at net book value

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2011

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Closing net book value

2010

$’000

At 1 July 2009

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2010

Purchases

Acquisition of businesses (Note 25(a))

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2010

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
software

28,523

(22,725)

5,798

1,768

17,894

(214)

(2,448)

–

114

Goodwill

625,616

(42,000)

583,616

–

–

(1,990)

–

(9,770)

(5,573)

Total

654,139

(64,725)

589,414

1,768

17,894

(2,204)

(2,448)

(9,770)

(5,459)

566,283

22,912

589,195

618,053

(51,770)

566,283

85,166

703,219

(62,254)

(114,024)

22,912

589,195

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
software

24,514

(18,956)

5,558

3,985

–

(3,724)

–

(21)

5,798

28,523

(22,725)

5,798

Goodwill

604,412

–

604,412

–

25,440

–

(42,000)

(4,236)

583,616

625,616

(42,000)

583,616

Total

628,926

(18,956)

609,970

3,985

25,440

(3,724)

(42,000)

(4,257)

589,414

654,139

(64,725)

589,414

annuaL report 2011  75

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 17. InTangIBlE aSSETS – COnTInuED

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units (CGUs)

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to individual CGUs, taking into consideration geographical 
spread, resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where independent cash inflows are identifiable. Thirteen 
independent CGUs have been identified across the Group against which impairment testing has been undertaken:

 – CPG Australia

 – CPG Singapore

 – CPG New Zealand (i)

 – CPG Resources

 – Downer Asia

 – Engineering Contracting

 – Engineering Projects

 – Engineering Power Systems

 – Works Australia

 – Works New Zealand

 – Works United Kingdom (i)

 – Mining

 – Rail

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

14,953

31,073

– 

20,921

9,271

110,489

25,492

3,870

165,815

49,395

– 

65,545

69,459

566,283

2010  
$’000

 14,953 

 34,462 

 8,120 

 20,921 

 10,620 

 111,130 

 25,492 

 3,870 

 169,679 

 46,900 

 2,346 

 65,545 

 69,578 

583,616

(i)   Impaired at 30 June 2011 following impairment testing performed by management.

reCoveraBLe amount teStInG

The carrying amount of goodwill is tested for impairment annually at 30 June and whenever there is an indicator that the asset 
may be impaired. Where an asset is deemed impaired, it is written down to its recoverable amount.

Management identified $9.8 million impairment relating to goodwill in Works UK business and CPG New Zealand (Consulting arm 
of the Engineering division). The weak UK economy has seen the business underperform and, as a result, a goodwill impairment 
of $2.0 million has been recognised in the current year. Similarly, the CPG business in New Zealand has underperformed as a 
result of challenging economic conditions in NZ which led Management to recognise a goodwill impairment of $7.8 million.

Impairment testing is typically undertaken one of two ways:

 – a comparison of asset book values against fair value less costs to sell, or

 – a comparison of the asset book values to the “value in use” of the assets.

In its impairment assessment, the Group determines the recoverable amount based on a value in use calculation, using cash 
flow projections based on the Group’s budget and financial forecasts including a terminal value. Key assumptions used for 
impairment testing include:

Projected cash flows
Cash flow projections are based on the Board approved 2011/12 (FY2012) budget for the year ending 30 June 2012 and the 
business plan for the subsequent financial years ending 30 June 2013 to 30 June 2016 by applying division specific growth 
estimates and assuming a 2.5 per cent terminal growth rate to allow for organic growth on the existing asset base. Cash flows 
are then determined utilising the calculated Earnings Before Interest, Tax and Amortisation (EBITA) less tax, capital maintenance 
spending and working capital changes to provide a “free cash flow” estimate. This calculated cash flow is then compared 
against the free cash flow in the business plan to ensure the two are consistent.

Growth rate estimates
The future annual growth rates for FY2013 onwards are based on expected market and expected business performance rates for 
each CGU being tested for impairment.

76  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 17. InTangIBlE aSSETS – COnTInuED

reCoveraBLe amount teStInG – ContInued

Discount rates
Discount rates of between 11.2 per cent and 12.6 per cent (2010: between 10.9 per cent and 12.3 per cent) reflect 
Management’s estimate of the time value of money and risks specific to each CGU. In determining the appropriate discount 
rate for each CGU, consideration has been given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group 
adjusted for country and business risk specific to that CGU.

Gross margin
This has been based on historical margins achieved, with changes where appropriate for expected efficiency improvements.

Working capital
Working capital has been maintained to support the underlying business plus allowances for growth of each business unit.

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure included in the terminal year calculation is for maintenance capital used for existing plant and 
replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual depreciation 
charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

SenSItIvItIeS

Sensitivity analysis has been undertaken for each CGU by varying terminal growth and discount rates. Assuming no material 
variation in these assumptions compared to those used in the analysis, Management is satisfied that the carrying value of the 
CGUs not impaired (refer above) exceeds their recoverable amount.

nOTE 18. TRaDE anD OThER PayaBlES

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

Current

Trade payables

Amounts due to customers under contracts and rendering of services

29

Accruals

Goods and services tax payable

Other

Non-current

Other

Total trade and other payables

434,047

280,076

321,477

34,155

47,971

1,117,726

2,812

1,120,538

351,753

270,038

300,720

25,097

39,658

987,266

713

987,979

annuaL report 2011  77

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 19. BORROwIngS

Current

Secured – at amortised cost: 

 – Finance lease liabilities 

 – Hire purchase liabilities

 – Bank loans

 – Supplier finance

Unsecured – at amortised cost:

 – Bank loans

 – Bank overdraft

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – USD notes

 – Deferred finance charges

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Secured – at amortised cost: 

 – Finance lease liabilities

 – Hire purchase liabilities

Unsecured – at amortised cost:

 – Bank loans

 – USD notes

 – Works NZ Bonds

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-2)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – Deferred finance charges

Note

 27(c)

 27(d)

26(a)

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

16,995

2,206

–

5,127

24,328

112,374

6,343

13,283

12,600

1,862

(5,669)

140,793

8,328

1,337

5,000

–

14,665

240,197

6,744

13,283

–

–

(2,722)

257,502

35(a)

165,121

272,167

 27(c)

 27(d)

79,242

4,889

84,131

22,809

71,688

116,081

79,743

152,063

44,100

(2,950)

483,534

39,450

4,413

43,863

116,384

92,701

121,872

93,025

152,571

–

(3,404)

573,149

Total non-current borrowings

35(a)

567,665

617,012

Total borrowings

732,786

889,179

78  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 19. BORROwIngS – COnTInuED

fInanCInG faCILItIeS

At 30 June 2011, the consolidated entity had the following facilities that were not utilised at balance date:

Syndicated bank loan facilities

Bilateral bank loan facilities

Total unutilised loan facilities

Syndicated bank bonding facilities

Bilateral bank and insurance company bonding facilities

Total unutilised bonding facilities

Bank LoanS 

2011  

$’000

420,000

207,075

627,075

7,214

250,881

258,095

2010  
$’000

235,624

197,723

433,347

42,374

351,720

394,094

Syndicated loan facilities
Syndicated bank loans are unsecured, are subject to certain Group guarantees and have varying maturity dates ranging from 
May 2012 to November 2014.

Bilateral bank loans and overdrafts
Bank loans are unsecured, are subject to certain Group guarantees and have varying maturity dates of up to 1.5 years. Included 
in bank loans is an amount of $27.4 million which is supported by an export credit guarantee, amortises through even semi-
annual instalments and matures in May 2017.

uSd noteS

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total amount of US$79.0 million and are subject to certain Group 
guarantee arrangements. The notes mature in various tranches in 2011, 2014 and 2019. The USD principal and interest have been 
fully hedged against the Australian dollar. The fair value of the USD notes is disclosed in Note 35.

aud medIum term noteS (mtns)

During 2009 and 2010, three tranches of unsecured MTNs were issued. Series 2009-1 amortises through even semi-annual 
instalments, until the final maturity date of April 2018 and has a balance of $93.0 million; Series 2009-2 for $150.0 million matures 
on a bullet basis in October 2013; Series 2010-1 amortises through even semi-annual instalments until the final maturity date of 
September 2015 and has a balance of $56.7 million. The MTNs were subject to certain Group guarantees. 

workS new ZeaLand BondS

During 2009, unsecured bonds were issued for a total amount of NZ$150.0 million ($116.1 million equivalent). The bonds are 
subject to certain Group guarantees. The bonds mature in September 2012.

fInanCe LeaSe faCILItIeS

The Group leases certain of its equipment under finance leases. The average lease term is 3.6 years. The Group’s obligations 
under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets.

Interest rates underlying all rentals under finance leases are fixed at respective contract dates with a weighted average rate of 
8.1 per cent p.a. (2010: 8.2 per cent p.a.).

hIre purChaSe and LeaSe faCILItIeS

Hire purchase facilities are secured by the specific assets financed. 

annuaL report 2011  79

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 19. BORROwIngS – COnTInuED

CovenantS on fInanCInG faCILItIeS

The Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings including an obligation to comply at all times with certain financial 
covenants (which require the Group to meet certain financial ratios) as well as maintain minimum levels of subsidiaries that are 
guarantors under various facilities.

The main financial covenants to which the Group is subject are net worth, interest service coverage and debt to capitalisation. 
A compliance certificate must be produced for financial covenants on a semi-annual basis. In addition, the Group’s standard 
credit platform contains restrictions on the Group including that it is required to observe certain customary undertakings 
including but not limited to:

i)   

 maintenance of authorisation;

ii)   

 compliance with laws;

iii)   

 disposal of assets;

iv)  

 negative pledge (subject to certain “carve-outs”);

v)   

 change of business;

vi)  

 non-guarantor subsidiaries incurring financial indebtedness; and

vii)  

 maintenance of the guarantor group.

Formal testing is undertaken monthly, reporting of financial covenant compliance takes place twice yearly for the rolling 
12 month periods to 30 June and 31 December. The Group was in compliance with its financial covenants as at 30 June 2011.

BondInG

The Group has $1,106.8 million of bank guarantee and insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities. $565.6 million 
of these facilities are provided to the Group on a committed basis and $541.2 million on an uncommitted basis. Under both 
committed and uncommitted facilities, the financial institution being requested to provide the guarantee/bond has the 
discretion as to whether to issue the instrument depending on factors such as the form of the guarantee/bond, the underlying 
contract of work being undertaken by the Group and potential concentration limits the financial institution may have on the 
industry where the work is being conducted. Furthermore, in the case of uncommitted facilities, the financier has the discretion 
to cancel any unutilised balance of a facility at any time or to suspend utilisation of the facility for a given period. The Group’s 
committed facilities have varying maturity dates which range from November 2011 to June 2012 and July 2011 to September 2012 
for uncommitted facilities.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of different banks and insurance companies on an unsecured basis and are 
subject to certain Group guarantees. $848.7 million of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2011 with $258.1 million unutilised 
as at that date. $260.0 million of the current committed facility is made up of a syndicated bonding facility referrable to the 
Waratah Train Project which is due to be refinanced on 1 December 2011. As with all performance bonds, the risk being assumed 
under these bonds is Downer credit risk rather than project specific risk. Management has commenced engagement with key 
financiers to refinance this facility. Subsequent to 30 June 2011, an additional bonding facility of $30 million was approved by an 
insurance company. The Group has the flexibility in respect of a committed facility amount of $81.1 million (shown as part of the 
unutilised bilateral bank loan facilities) which can, at the request of the Group, also be utilised for bonding purposes. 

refInanCInG requIrementS

Where existing facilities either approach or reach maturity, the Group will seek to re-negotiate with existing and new financiers 
to extend the maturity date of those facilities. The Group’s earnings profile, credit rating, state of the economy, conditions in 
financial markets and other factors may influence the outcome of those negotiations. 

CredIt ratInGS

The Group currently has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB- (Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is 
reduced, or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers may be less willing to contract with the Group. Banks and other 
lending institutions may demand more stringent terms (including increased pricing) on debt and bonding facilities to reflect the 
higher credit risk profile.

80  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 20. OThER fInanCIal lIaBIlITIES

Current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Advances from joint venture entities

Non-current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

55,256

6,564

12,809

74,629

35,427

36,288

71,715

24,243

1,260

16,010

41,513

27,333

12,264

39,597

Total other financial liabilities

146,344

81,110

nOTE 21. PROvISIOnS

At 1 July 2010

Current

Non-current

Total

At 1 July 2010

Additional provisions recognised

Unused provision reversed

Utilisation of provision

Disposal of businesses

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 30 June 2011

Current

Non-current

Total

Consolidated ($’000)

Employee 
benefits

Decom-
missioning

Contract 
claims/ 
warranties

139,196

19,996

159,192

159,192

230,422

(204)

(200,175)

(29)

(1,024)

188,182

176,854

11,328

188,182

6,403

6,837

13,240

13,240

2,956

(2,695)

(634)

(237)

(89)

12,541

5,180

7,361

12,541

27,660

–

27,660

27,660

9,687

(2,040)

(9,670)

–

(52)

25,585

25,585

–

25,585

Other

Total

26,155

329

26,484

26,484

84,541

(3,137)

199,414

27,162

226,576

226,576

327,606

(8,076)

(75,620)

(286,099)

–

(108)

(266)

(1,273)

32,160

258,468

32,040

120

32,160

239,659

18,809

258,468

(i)   

 employee benefits comprise provision for annual leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements.

(ii)  

(iii)  

 the provision for decommissioning includes obligations relating to environmental remediation and leasehold make good cost based on 
the Group’s best estimate of the present value of the expenditure required to settle the restoration obligation.

 provisions for contract and claims warranty is made for the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at balance sheet 
date, and known claims arising under service and construction contracts. the provision is estimated having regard to previous claims 
experience.

(iv) 

 other provisions include return conditions for leased assets. the Group has leases that require the asset to be returned to the lessor in a 
certain condition. a provision has been raised for the present value of the future expected cost at lease expiry.

annuaL report 2011  81

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 22. Tax lIaBIlITIES

Current

Current tax overseas entities

Non-current

a)  Deferred tax liability

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

3,866

5,012

6,279

23,293

b)  Movement in deferred tax liability for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to income statement as deferred expense/(benefit)

22(d)

Charged to equity

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Transfers

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross)

Set-off of deferred tax assets within the same tax jurisdiction

 22(c)

13(b)

Net deferred tax liability

c)   Deferred tax liabilities at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to:

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Intangible assets

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Equity-accounted investments

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities (gross)

d)   Amounts charged to income statement as deferred income  

tax expense/(benefit):

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Intangible assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Equity-accounted investments

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to prior years

Charged to income statement as deferred  
income tax expense/(benefit)

82  downer edI LImIted

92,578

32,385

(5,543)

(2,502)

4,483

121,401

(115,122)

6,279

3,137

(1,188)

(361)

91,150

6,163

5,235

2,980

363

212

11,272

2,438

121,401

(5,413)

(411)

(98)

26,207

7,292

(2,861)

(8)

43

3,513

4,331

(210)

111,341

(15,480)

3,994

5

(7,282)

92,578

(69,285)

23,293

9,014

(2,159)

(156)

63,462

2,551

1,722

3,599

138

199

9,568

4,640

92,578

5,750

(7,379)

(241)

(2,133)

(3,135)

(6,588)

60

(2,524)

1,722

(2,251)

1,239

32,385

(15,480)

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 23. ISSuED CaPITal

Ordinary shares –

429,100,296 ordinary shares (2010: 336,582,351)

Unvested executive incentive shares –

6,844,719 ordinary shares (2010: 7,891,599)

200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)  
(2010: 200,000,000)

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

1,278,564

978,960

(33,270)

(38,888)

178,603

1,423,897

178,603

1,118,675

Changes to the Corporations Law abolished the authorised capital and par value concept in relation to share capital from 
1 July 1998. Therefore, the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital and issued shares do not have a 
par value.

fuLLy paId ordInary Share CapItaL

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

Consolidated

2011

2010

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Issue of shares through Dividend Reinvestment Plan election

Issue of shares under terms of Employee Share Plan (i)

Issue of shares under renounceable entitlement offer (ii)

Payment of share issue costs

000’s

336,582

4,712

1,884

85,922

–

$’000

978,960

20,027

7,574

279,307

(7,304)

000’s

331,077

5,505

–

–

–

$’000

937,259

41,701

–

–

–

Balance at the end of the financial year

429,100

1,278,564

336,582

978,960

(i)   under the terms of the offer, a $1,000 discount was provided in recognition of each employee’s contribution to the Company’s performance. 

under a-IfrS, the value of the discount is recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in share capital of $7.6 million.

(ii)  during march 2011, the Company undertook a capital raising by way of a fully underwritten one for four accelerated renounceable 

entitlement offer. net proceeds of $272.0 million were raised in the entitlement offer.

Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Unvested executive incentive shares transactions

Vested executive incentive shares transactions

Balance at the end of the financial year

Consolidated

2011

2010

000’s

7,892

–

(1,047)

6,845

$’000

(38,888)

–

5,618

(33,270)

000’s

7,726

557

(391)

7,892

$’000

(37,071)

(4,476)

2,659

(38,888)

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under 
the Long Term Incentive Plan. Dividends from the unvested executive incentive shares accrue to the benefit of executives from 
the time they are purchased up until when vesting occurs or until the shares are forfeited.

annuaL report 2011  83

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 23. ISSuED CaPITal – COnTInuED

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities 
(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

ROADS issued during the year

Consolidated

2011

2010

000’s

200,000

–

$’000

178,603

–

000’s

200,000

–

$’000

178,603

–

Balance at the end of the financial year

200,000

178,603

200,000

178,603

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares.

During the year ended 30 June 2007, Works Infrastructure Finance (NZ) Limited (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Downer EDI Limited) 
issued 200 million ROADS, each having a face value of NZ$1 for a total of NZ$200 million.

Each ROADS entitles holders to a non-cumulative fully imputed dividend which is in preference to any dividends paid on 
ordinary shares. ROADS rank in priority to ordinary shares for payment of dividends and for a return of capital on winding up.

The ROADS dividend may be increased or decreased on reset dates, the first of which occurs on 15 June 2012. On that date, the 
ROADS will be either reset for a further period or at the election of the issuer will be either redeemed or exchanged into ordinary 
shares of Downer EDI Limited at a 2.5 per cent discount to the weighted average sale price of ordinary shares traded on the ASX 
during the 20 business days immediately preceding the date of exchange.

The non-cumulative dividend is paid quarterly on the ROADS. Payment of dividends is at the discretion of Directors and is subject 
to the Directors declaring or otherwise resolving to pay a dividend and there being no impediment under the Corporations Act 
2001 to the payment.

Share optIonS and performanCe rIGhtS

During the financial year, no performance rights (2010: nil) or performance options (2010: nil) were granted to senior executives 
of the Group under the Long Term Incentive Plan. Further details of the key management personnel Long Term Incentive Plan are 
contained in the remuneration report.

nOTE 24. RESERvES

Available-for-sale investment reserve

Hedge reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Employee benefits reserve

Total reserves

hedGe reServe

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

–

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775

(121,581)

2010  
$’000

(2,816)

(84,642)

(39,945)

19,510

(107,893)

The hedge reserve included a balance of $73.8 million representing the equity-accounted share of the historical movements of 
Reliance Rail’s hedge reserve. The hedge reserve is being amortised on a straight line basis over 30 years, being the contracted 
term of the Waratah Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support contract. In the current year, $2.8 million has been 
amortised and reflected as an expense in the income statement.

84  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 25. aCquISITIOn Of BuSInESSES

a) Summary of acquisitions

2011
The Group did not acquire any businesses during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

2010

Name of businesses acquired

Principal activity

Date of acquisition

Businesses:

Western Construction Co.

Mechanical, construction and 
maintenance business

10 September 2009

Berry Pipelines Pty Ltd

Water main renewals

15 January 2010

Purchase consideration:

Cash paid

Purchase price adjustment

Total purchase consideration

Less: fair value of net identifiable assets acquired

Goodwill

Proportion 
of shares 
acquired  

%

–

–

Note

17

Cost of 
acquisition 
$’000

34,258

4,507

38,765

Consolidated

2010  
$’000

32,675

6,090

38,765

13,325

25,440

Goodwill has arisen on acquisitions because the cost of the combination includes amounts in relation to the benefit of expected 
synergies, revenue growth and future market development. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill because 
they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

b) Purchase consideration

Outflow of cash to acquire businesses, net of cash acquired:

Cash consideration

Cash received post-acquisition settlement

Outflow of cash

nOTE 26. STaTEmEnT Of CaSh flOwS – aDDITIOnal InfORmaTIOn

a) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash  
equivalents comprises:

Cash

Short-term deposits

Bank overdrafts

Note

35(a)

19

Consolidated

2010  
$’000

32,675

(339)

32,336

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

286,395

2,180

288,575

(6,343)

282,232

381,776

3,350

385,126

(6,744)

378,382

annuaL report 2011  85

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 26. STaTEmEnT Of CaSh flOwS – aDDITIOnal InfORmaTIOn – COnTInuED

b) Non-cash financing and investing activities

During the current financial year, $27.6 million (2010: $41.7 million) in equity was issued in respect of:

i)    Dividend Reinvestment Plan elections $20.0 million (2010: $41.7 million); and

ii)   Issue of shares under the terms of Employee Share Plan $7.6 million (2010: $nil).

During the financial year, the Group acquired $58.3 million (2010: $0.5 million) of equipment under finance leases. This 
acquisition will be reflected in the statement of cash flows over the term of the finance lease via lease repayments.

c) Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities

(Loss)/profit after tax for the year

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributions

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets

Impairment of assets held for sale

Amortisation of deferred costs

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Loss/(profit) on disposal of businesses

Foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Decrease in income tax payable

Movement in deferred tax balances

Equity-settled share-based transactions

Payments for unvested executive incentive shares

Settlement of operational foreign exchange contracts

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of assets

Other

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and  
disposal of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables

Current inventories

Other current assets

Other financial assets

Other non-current assets

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables

Current provisions

Non-current trade and other payables

Non-current provisions

Net cash generated by operating activities

86  downer edI LImIted

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

(27,700)

3,052

(13,728)

210,494

 –

3,582

(8,490)

441

(172)

(1,439)

(27,867)

3,779

 –

 –

9,770

2,277

4,505

183,152

(113,202)

(26,371)

(14,092)

 –

(598)

148,276

41,575

2,733

(8,148)

30,173

185,625

(5,314)

160,159

25,871

2,870

(27,700)

(2,350)

527

(4,641)

(20,668)

6,261

(4,476)

(34,882)

42,000

–

1,838

139,495

2,000

5,048

3,211

(83)

781

55,663

(3,065)

(1,796)

(40)

61,719

204,266

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 27. COmmITmEnTS

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment:

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

b) Operating lease commitments 

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises and plant and equipment with lease 
terms of between one and 15 year(s). 

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

c) Finance lease commitments

Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of between one and five year(s). 

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Minimum finance lease payments

Future finance charges

Finance lease liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

d) Other expenditure commitments

Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

Minimum hire purchase payments

Future finance charges

Hire purchase liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings 

Non-current borrowings

19

19

19

19

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

155,283

72,589

227,872

226,967

–

226,967

134,035

264,550

130,202

528,787

122,880

233,843

103,628

460,351

23,924

91,777

115,701

(19,464)

96,237

16,995

79,242

96,237

2,241

4,254

670

7,165

(70)

7,095

2,206

4,889

7,095

12,367

44,953

57,320

(9,542)

47,778

8,328

39,450

47,778

1,344

4,469

54

5,867

(117)

5,750

1,337

4,413

5,750

annuaL report 2011  87

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 28. COnTIngEnT lIaBIlITIES

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

The consolidated entity has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract 
performance in the normal course of business for wholly-owned controlled entities

848,715

834,798

In the ordinary course of business:

i) 

 the Company and certain controlled entities are called upon to give guarantees and indemnities in respect of the 
performance by counterparties, including controlled entities and related parties, of their contractual and financial 
obligations. Other than as noted above, these guarantees and indemnities are indeterminable in amount;

ii)   some entities in the Group are subject to normal design liability in relation to completed design and construction projects. The 
Directors are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised 
in the financial statements;

iii)   controlled entities have entered into various partnerships and joint ventures under which the controlled entity could ultimately 

be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the partnership or joint venture;

iv)  Group companies have the normal contractor’s liability in relation to services and construction contracts. This liability may 
include claims, disputes and/or litigation by or against Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which 
the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing a number of claims/disputes in relation to contracts, the most 
significant of which are:

 – a claim by SP PowerAssets Ltd in relation to the construction of an electrical services tunnel in Singapore;

 – a claim by Siemens Ltd in relation to remediation works on the exhaust system of the Laverton Power Station, Victoria;

 – in December 2009, Patrick Stevedore Operations Pty Limited has adjoined Emoleum Road Services Pty Limited and 

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Limited (acquired by Downer on 28 February 2006) as fifth and sixth defendants in a matter 
related to its Port Botany Terminal, Sydney; and

 – some entities in the Group have been named as co-defendants in several proceedings with projects associated with the 

“weathertight” homes issue in New Zealand.

 In relation to the Siemens Ltd claim, the Directors are of the opinion that adequate provisions have been established. 
Insufficient information currently exists to reliably assess the liability that may arise as a consequence of the claims made by 
SP PowerAssets Ltd and Patrick Stevedore Operations Pty Limited’s actions. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of 
any further information related to these or other claims would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

v)   IMF (Australia) Ltd has announced to the ASX that it proposes to fund claims of certain current and former Downer EDI 

shareholders against Downer EDI. The claim relates to Downer EDI’s $190.0 million impairment to its Waratah rolling stock 
manufacturing contract announced on 1 June 2010. No claim has been issued. However, Downer EDI is aware that a 
Government Information Public Access request (freedom of information) was made on behalf of IMF against RailCorp seeking 
information about the project. Downer EDI does not currently have sufficient information to make any meaningful assessment 
of the potential claims. No provision has been made in the financial statements.

88  downer edI LImIted

 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 29. REnDERIng Of SERvICES anD COnSTRuCTIOn COnTRaCTS

Cumulative contracts in progress as at reporting date:

Cumulative costs incurred plus recognised profits  
less recognised losses to date

Less: progress billings

Less: provision for Waratah train project(i)

Net amount 

Recognised and included in the financial statements as amounts due:

From customers under contracts-current

To customers under contracts-current

Net amount 

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Note

10,187,145 

8,484,934 

(9,509,730)

(7,951,447)

11

(254,598)

(190,000)

422,817

343,487

11

18

702,893

613,525

(280,076)

(270,038)

422,817

343,487

(i)   provision for waratah train project includes $185.4 million of provision utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

nOTE 30. SuBSEquEnT EvEnTS

SeCond waratah traIn preSented to raILCorp

On 28 July 2011, Downer presented the second Waratah train to Reliance Rail and RailCorp for Practical Completion. 
A certificate of Practical Completion is expected to be received in late August 2011 prior to putting the train into 
passenger service.

The third Waratah train is undergoing testing and is expected to be submitted for Practical Completion in early September 2011.

revIew of CpG ConSuLtInG BuSIneSSeS

On 3 August 2011, Downer announced it was conducting a review of its general consultancy practices – CPG Asia, CPG Australia 
and CPG New Zealand – as part of its ongoing focus on optimising the Group portfolio. Downer has been approached by third 
parties interested in acquiring these businesses and consequently Management is considering the divestment option.

The review will include the potential divestment of these businesses, but will exclude the resource focused consultancy 
businesses (Snowden, QCC and Mineral Technologies). The review is ongoing at the date of issuing this financial report.

annuaL report 2011  89

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 31. COnTROllED EnTITIES

Name of controlled entity

Advanced Separation Engineering Australia Pty Ltd

CA Facilities Pte Ltd

Century Administration Pty Limited (x)

Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd

Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Choad Pty Ltd

Construction Professionals Pte Ltd 

Coomes AC Consulting Pty Ltd

Coomes Consulting Group Unit Trust

Corke Instrument Engineering (Australia) Pty Ltd

CPG Advisory (Shanghai) Co. Ltd 

CPG Australia Pty Ltd

CPG Consultants (Macau) Pte Ltd

CPG Consultants India Pvt Ltd 

CPG Consultants Pte Ltd 

CPG Consultants Qatar W.L.L

CPG Corporation Pte Ltd 

CPG Environmental Engineering Co. Ltd

CPG Facilities Management Pte Ltd 

CPG Holdings Pte. Ltd. 

CPG Hubin (Suzhou) Pte Ltd 

CPG Investments Pte Ltd 

CPG Laboratories Pte Ltd (xi)

CPG New Zealand Limited

CPG Resources – Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd (i)

CPG Resources – MT Holdings Pty Ltd (ii)

CPG Resources – QCC Pty Ltd (iii)

CPG Resources Pty Ltd

CPG Resources – Mineral Technologies (Proprietary) Ltd (iv)

CPG Resources – Mineral Technologies (USA) Inc (v)

CPG Resources – Mining and Mineral Services (Proprietary) Ltd (vi)

South Africa

CPG Traffic Pty Ltd

CPG Vietnam Co Ltd

CPGCorp Philippines Inc. 

CPGreen Pte. Ltd.

DCE Limited 

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

DGL Investments Limited

DJC & Associates Limited

DMQA Technical Services (UK) Limited

DMQA Training Limited 

Downer Australia Pty Ltd 

90  downer edI LImIted

Australia

Vietnam

Philippines

Singapore

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

2011  
%

2010  
%

Australia

Singapore

Australia

Singapore

China

Australia

Singapore

Australia

Australia

Australia

China

Australia

Macau

India

Singapore

Qatar

Singapore

China

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

South Africa

USA

100

51

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

75

100

100

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

70

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

90

100

100

100

100

51

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

75

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

70

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

80

100

100

100

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 31. COnTROllED EnTITIES – COnTInuED

Name of controlled entity

Downer Bitumen Surfacing Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited 

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer Construction PNG Ltd

Downer EDI (UK) Limited

Downer EDI (USA) Inc.

Downer EDI (USA) Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Consulting Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering – Projects Pty Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

New Zealand

Fiji

New Zealand

PNG

United Kingdom

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Downer EDI Engineering Communications Limited 

New Zealand

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Construction (Australia) Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering (M) Sdn Bhd 

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd 

Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Finance (NZ) Limited

Downer EDI Group Finance (NZ) Limited 

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte. Ltd. 

Downer EDI Limited

Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining – Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining – Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Properties Limited

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Rail (USA) LLC

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Rail V/Line Maintenance Pty Ltd (xi)

Downer EDI Resource Holdings Limited

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited (vii)

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Thailand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Thailand

Malaysia

Singapore

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Singapore

United Kingdom

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Hong Kong

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

Ownership interest

2011  
%

2010  
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

annuaL report 2011  91

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 31. COnTROllED EnTITIES – COnTInuED

Name of controlled entity

Downer EDI Works Limited

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance International Pty Ltd

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited 

Downer Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer MBL Limited 

Downer MBL Pty Limited

Downer Number 1 Limited 

Downer Number 2 Limited (viii)

Downer NZ Finance Pty Ltd (x)

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Pte Ltd (ix)

Duffill Watts Pte Ltd 

Duffill Watts Vietnam Ltd

EDI Rail (Maryborough) Pty Ltd

EDI Rail Investments Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Limited 

Emoleum Services Pty Limited 

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd 

Faxgroove Pty Limited

Gaden Drilling Pty Limited (x)

H.R.S. New Zealand Limited

Indeco Consortium Pte Ltd 

Kiwi Pacific Investments Limited (x)

Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

New Zealand

Australia

Vanuatu

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Singapore

Singapore

Vietnam

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Singapore

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Miningtek Consultants and Services Limited

British Virgin Islands

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda 

Otraco Canada Inc 

Otraco Chile SA 

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Peridian Asia Pte Ltd 

Peridian India Pvt Ltd

PM Link Pte Ltd 

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia 

92  downer edI LImIted

Brazil

Canada

Chile

Australia

Australia

Singapore

India

Singapore

Australia

Indonesia 

Ownership interest

2011  
%

2010  
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 31. COnTROllED EnTITIES – COnTInuED

Name of controlled entity

PT Otraco Indonesia 

PT QDC Technologies

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

Reussi Pty Limited 

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Rimtec Pty Ltd

Rimtec USA Inc. 

Roche Bros. (Hong Kong) Limited 

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty Ltd

Roche Castings Pty Limited (x)

Roche Contractors Pty Ltd

Roche Highwall Mining Pty Ltd

Roche Mining (MT) Brasil Ltda

Roche Mining (PNG) Ltd 

Roche Mining MT India Pvt Ltd 

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

Sach Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Shanghai CPG Architectural Design Co. Ltd

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Ltd

Sillars (FRC) Ltd

Sillars (TMWC) Limited

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Singleton Bahen Stansfield Pty Ltd

SIP-CPG Facilities Management Co. Ltd

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Pty) Ltd 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc. 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Technologies Limited 

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd 

Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd 

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Starblake Pty Limited (xi)

Suzhou PM Link Co Ltd

TSE Wall Arlidge Limited

TSG Architects Pte. Ltd. 

Underground Locators Limited

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

2011  
%

2010  
%

Indonesia

Indonesia 

Australia

Australia

Australia

PNG

Australia

USA

Hong Kong

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Brazil

PNG

India

Australia

Australia

Australia

China

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

China

Brazil

South Africa

Canada

United Kingdom

Australia

British Virgin Islands

Australia

South Africa

Australia

Australia

China

New Zealand

Singapore

New Zealand

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

60

100

100

100

100

50

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

60

100

100

100

annuaL report 2011  93

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 31. COnTROllED EnTITIES – COnTInuED

Name of controlled entity

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom

New Zealand

United Kingdom

2011  
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

2010  
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

Waste Solutions Limited 

Welshpool Engineering Pty Ltd (x)

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited 

Works Infrastructure Harker Underground Construction Joint  
Venture Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited 

(i)   

formerly downer edI mining-mineral technologies pty Ltd

(ii)  

formerly roche mining (mt) holdings pty Ltd 

(iii)  

formerly downer edI engineering – qCC pty Ltd

(iv) 

formerly downer edI mining – mineral technologies (Sa) (proprietary) Ltd

(v)  

formerly downer edI mining – mineral technologies (uSa) Inc

(vi) 

formerly downer edI mining Services (proprietary) Ltd

(vii) 

formerly downer Construction (hong kong) Limited

(viii)  formerly downer Signs Limited

(ix)  

formerly downer edI works pte Ltd

(x)  

Indicates entities currently undergoing liquidation

(xi)  

Indicates entities disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 32. RElaTED PaRTy InfORmaTIOn anD kEy managEmEnT PERSOnnEl DISClOSuRES

a) Key management personnel

  Directors

  R M Harding, Chairman, appointed 3 November 2010

  P E J Jollie AM, Chairman, resigned 3 November 2010

 G A Fenn, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, appointed 30 July 2010, Finance Director and Chief Financial 
Officer, 1 July 2010 to 29 July 2010

  G H Knox, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, to 30 July 2010

S A Chaplain, Non-executive Director

L Di Bartolomeo, Non-executive Director

J S Humphrey, Non-executive Director

  C J S Renwick AM, Non-executive Director, resigned 9 December 2010

  C G Thorne, Non-executive Director

  Key Management Executives

  P Borden, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail

  C Bruyn, Chief Executive Officer – Downer New Zealand & United Kingdom

 D Cattell, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Australia, appointed 22 February 2011, Chief Operating Officer  
1 July 2010 to 21 February 2011

S Cinerari, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Works Australia

  K Fletcher, Chief Financial Officer

E Kolatchew, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Engineering, resigned 21 February 2011

  D Overall, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining

94  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 32. RElaTED PaRTy InfORmaTIOn anD kEy managEmEnT PERSOnnEl DISClOSuRES 
– COnTInuED

b) Key management personnel compensation

  Details of key management personnel compensation are disclosed in Note 33.

c) Other transactions with Directors

 A Director of the Company, J S Humphrey, has an interest as a partner in the firm Mallesons Stephen Jaques, solicitors. This firm 
renders legal advice to the consolidated entity in the ordinary course of business under normal commercial terms and 
conditions. The amount of fees paid and recognised was $817,244 (2010: $737,818).

d) Transactions with other related parties:

 Transactions with other related parties are made on normal commercial terms and conditions. The following transactions with 
other related parties, where a Director of the Company has also a directorship, occurred during the financial year ended 
30 June 2011:

Director

Entity

R M Harding

Santos Ltd

L Di Bartolomeo

Australian Rail Track Corporation Limited

Macquarie Generation

Australian Super Limited

S A Chaplain

Australian Youth Orchestra

G A Fenn

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

Coal & Allied Industries

e) Transactions within the wholly-owned Group

Transaction type

Sales of goods 
and services

Purchase of 
goods

$’000

–

155,334

1,377

389

–

3,242

–

$’000

1

643

–

–

–

–

3,310

Sponsorship

$’000

–

–

–

–

28

–

–

 Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to wholly-owned subsidiaries are included within total assets and liabilities 
balances as disclosed in Note 36. Amounts contributed to the defined contribution plan are disclosed in Note 3.

 Other transactions occurred during the financial year between entities in the wholly-owned Group on normal arm’s length 
commercial terms.

f)  Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

  Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled entities are disclosed in Note 31.

Equity interests in associates and joint ventures

  Details of interests in associates and joint ventures are disclosed in Note 15.

g) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

annuaL report 2011  95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 32. RElaTED PaRTy InfORmaTIOn anD kEy managEmEnT PERSOnnEl DISClOSuRES 
– COnTInuED

h)  Key management personnel equity holdings

 Key management personnel equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2011

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C G Thorne

G A Fenn (i)

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

K Fletcher

D Overall

Balance at 
1 July 2010

Net  
change 

Balance at 
30 June 2011

No.

–

19,609

47,959

54,226

–

–

1,000

500

9,059

1,843

3,000

–

No.

–

30,528

12,944

13,756

13,750

80,959

500

300

129,886

(1,043)

32,000

–

No.

–

50,137

60,903

67,982

13,750

80,959

1,500

800

138,945

800

35,000

–

137,196

313,580

450,776

(i)   excludes 250,525 sign-on shares and 14,577 shares acquired under the accelerated renounceable rights offer attached to those shares that 

vested on 1 July 2011.

2010

P E J Jollie

L Di Bartolomeo

S A Chaplain

R M Harding

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick

C G Thorne

G A Fenn

G H Knox

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari

E Kolatchew

D Overall

P Reichler(i)

G Wannop

Balance at 
1 July 2009

Net  
change 

Balance at 
30 June 2010

No.

86,333

47,206

13,000

–

54,069

30,000

–

–

No.

103,334

753

6,609

–

157

–

–

–

No.

189,667

47,959

19,609

–

54,226

30,000

–

–

600,000

200,000

800,000

500

57,809

1,843

–

–

200,256

47,064

1,138,080

–

(48,750)

–

–

–

(66,602)

(14,458)

181,043

500

9,059

1,843

–

–

133,654

32,606

1,319,123

(i)   Included in comparatives to acknowledge kmp status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2010.

96  downer edI LImIted

 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 32. RElaTED PaRTy InfORmaTIOn anD kEy managEmEnT PERSOnnEl DISClOSuRES 
– COnTInuED

Key management personnel equity holdings in performance options issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2011

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari

P Borden

2010

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari

P Reichler(i)

G Wannop

Balance at 
1 July 2010

Net  
change 

Balance at 
30 June 2011

No.

34,863

24,481

19,016

5,140

83,500

No.

(34,863)

(24,481)

(19,016)

(5,140)

(83,500)

No.

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 
1 July 2009

Net  
change 

Balance at 
30 June 2010

No.

34,863

24,481

19,016

16,082

25,106

119,548

No.

–

–

–

 -

–

–

No.

34,863

24,481

19,016

16,082

25,106

119,548

(i)   Included in comparatives to acknowledge kmp status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2010.

Key management personnel equity holdings in performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2011

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari

P Borden

2010

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari

P Reichler(i)

G Wannop

Balance at 
1 July 2010

Net  
change 

Balance at 
30 June 2011

No.

11,000

7,724

6,000

1,622

26,346

No.

(11,000)

(7,724)

(6,000)

(1,622)

(26,346)

No.

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 
1 July 2009

Net  

change

Balance at 
30 June 2010

No.

11,000

7,724

6,000

5,074

7,921

37,719

No.

–

–

–

–

–

–

No.

11,000

7,724

6,000

5,074

7,921

37,719

(i)   Included in comparatives to acknowledge kmp status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2010.

annuaL report 2011  97

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 33. kEy managEmEnT PERSOnnEl COmPEnSaTIOn

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Consolidated (i)

2011  

$

2010  

$

9,959,936 

12,737,853

3,757,805 

1,392,499 

1,196,921

3,725,571

15,110,240 

17,660,345

(i)   Comparative balances restated to reflect kmps for the year ended 30 June 2010.

nOTE 34. EmPlOyEE ShaRE Plan

An employee discount share plan was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved 
by shareholders at the 1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its 
subsidiary companies who have completed six months service may be invited to participate. 

In the current year, 6,280 employees accepted the offer to participate in the Employee Share Plan, which allowed them to 
acquire up to 300 of the Company’s shares with a $1,000 discount. A total of 1,884,000 shares for a total value of $7.6 million 
were issued under the plan (Refer to Note 23).

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the consolidated entity consists of debt and equity. The consolidated entity may vary its capital structure 
by adjusting the amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The consolidated entity’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that 
it can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, to provide adequate returns to shareholders and to maintain an 
appropriate capital structure to optimise its cost of capital. The consolidated entity’s capital management strategy remains 
unchanged from 2010.

The consolidated entity monitors its gearing ratio determined as the ratio of net debt to total capitalisation. During the years 
ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010, the gearing ratios were as follows:

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Gross debt (i)

Adjustment for the mark to market of cross currency and interest rate swaps 
and deferred finance charges

Adjusted gross debt

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Equity (ii)

Total capitalisation (Net debt + Equity)

Gearing ratio (iii)

Off balance sheet debt

Operating leases (iv)

Gearing ratio (including off balance sheet debt)

(i)    Gross debt is defined as all borrowings.

(ii)  

equity consists of all capital and reserves.

(iii)   net debt/total capitalisation.

Note

19

19

9

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

165,121

567,665

732,786

48,286

781,072

(288,575)

492,497

1,442,385

1,934,882

25.5%

2010  
$’000

272,167

617,012

889,179

26,644

915,823

(385,126)

530,697

1,242,851

1,773,548

29.9%

241,299

33.7%

179,621

36.4%

(iv) 

 the Group enters into operating leases in respect of plant and equipment (excluding real property) utilised in its businesses. the present 
value of these leases at 30 June 2011 discounted at 10 per cent p.a. (discount rate prescribed by the loan covenant) was $241.3 million 
(June 2010: $179.6 million).

98  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The consolidated entity’s Group Treasury function provides treasury services to the business, co-ordinates access to domestic 
and international financial markets and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the consolidated entity. These 
financial risks include foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity market risk, counterparty credit risk and liquidity risk.

The consolidated entity’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and 
interest rates. The consolidated entity may enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to 
foreign exchange rate and interest rate risk, including:

i) 

 forward foreign exchange contracts (outright forwards and options) to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross border 
trade flows, foreign income and debt service obligations;

ii)   cross currency interest rate swaps to manage the foreign currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated 

borrowings; and

iii)   interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates.

The consolidated entity does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for 
speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the consolidated entity’s Treasury Policies, which provide 
written principles on the use of financial derivatives.

(c) Accounting policies

Details of the accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and 
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are disclosed in Note 1.

(d) Foreign currency risk management

The consolidated entity undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies; hence, exposures to exchange 
rate fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign 
exchange contracts, options and cross currency swap agreements.

The carrying amounts of the consolidated entity’s significant foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial 
liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

Consolidated

US dollar (USD)

New Zealand dollar (NZD)

Great British pound (GBP)

Euro (EUR)

Chinese yuan (CNY)

Singapore dollars (SGD)

Financial assets(i)

Financial liabilities(i)

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

23,608

395

710

4,125

–

236

62,906

16,802

1,800

23,794

3,689

234

2,026

1,449

162

454

–

9

41,831

26,104

479

998

100

123

29,074

109,225

4,100

69,635

(i)   the above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in australian dollar equivalent. 

The above table excludes foreign currency financial assets and liabilities which have been hedged back into Australian dollars.

annuaL report 2011  99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

foreIGn CurrenCy forward ContraCtS

The following table summarises by currency the Australian dollar (AUD) value (unless otherwise stated) of major forward 
exchange contracts outstanding as at reporting date:

Outstanding  
contracts

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2011

2010

2011  

FC’000

2010  

FC’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

57,007

43,298

79,818

24,617

62,492

49,375

97,689

31,778

(8,793)

(8,287)

200,360

239,966

241,098

310,592

(42,935)

(2,997)

(2,176)

(8,451)

300,665

344,401

352,965

440,059

(60,015)

(13,624)

7,150

5,801

7,401

20,352

8,117

31,986

60,692

100,795

1,873

4,005

13,422

19,300

14,180

14,715

64,657

93,552

7,396

6,328

8,468

22,192

15,068

50,769

2,127

4,475

15,660

22,262

23,191

24,135

652

791

1,228

2,671

(105)

(331)

(1,103)

(1,539)

(4,031)

(6,887)

(2,545)

(2,479)

100,691

119,428

(15,261)

(18,298)

166,528

166,754

(26,179)

(23,322)

0.9122

0.8769

0.8310

0.9668

0.9167

0.8740

0.5386

0.6300

0.6028

6.5193

6.4543

6.2460

0.8171

0.7746

0.7726

0.8807

0.8949

0.8570

0.6115

0.6097

0.5414

6.7325

6.6849

6.3703

139,480

101,957

101,422

134,861

21,395

15,714

15,144

20,174

588,933

1,032,385

94,290

162,062

829,835

1,269,203

131,399

197,380

1,374.0

1,383.5

1,373.5

6,583,000

6,265,000

1,376.4

6,583,000

19,588,000

13,166,000

25,853,000

0.5311

0.5166

0.5038

0.5439

0.5379

0.5129

7.0101

7.3268

6.5970

6.6240

0.7831

0.7836

0.7844

0.7173 

0.7157 

0.7243 

1,016

918

4,369

6,303

1,412

1,770

3,182

1,100

2,200

600

3,900

918

765

8,043

9,726

1,115

988

2,103

1,700

2,550

3,350

7,600

4,791

4,758

9,549

1,912

1,778

8,673

12,363

201

242

443

1,405

2,807

765

4,977

4,561

14,232

18,793

1,689

1,423

15,681

18,793

169

149

318

2,370

3,563

4,625

10,558

184

35

(1,529)

(1,310)

1,242

1,220

2,462

(383)

(377)

(1,740)

(2,500)

7

(2)

5

41

81

22

144

(138)

(286)

(5,681)

(6,105)

645

2,017

2,662

(56)

(47)

(471)

(574)

(3)

(3)

(6)

(5)

–

(44)

(49)

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy CNY / Sell USD 

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy KRW / Sell USD

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell ZAR

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Buy SGD / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

100  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

CroSS CurrenCy IntereSt rate SwapS

Under cross currency interest rate swap contracts, the consolidated entity has agreed to exchange certain foreign 
currency loan principal and interest amounts at agreed future dates at fixed exchange rates. Such contracts enable 
the consolidated entity to eliminate the risk of adverse movements in foreign exchange rates related to foreign currency 
denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at reporting date: 

Outstanding  
contracts

Weighted average 
interest rate

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Contract value

Fair value

2011  
%

2010  
%

2011

2010

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year 

2 to 5 years

5 years or more

Buy SGD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year 

1 to 2 year(s)

6.8

8.0

6.8

8.8

–

6.8

8.0

6.8

–

8.7

 0.7217

 0.6787

 0.7220

0.7217

0.6787

0.7220

2,772

2,772

(898)

(325)

103,141

103,141

(33,387)

(11,611)

9,695

9,695

(1,935)

393

115,608

115,608

(36,220)

(11,543)

1.1845

–

50,654

–

(5,546)

–

1.1845

–

50,654

50,654

50,654

–

(5,546)

–

(312)

(312)

The above cross currency interest rate swap contracts are designated and effective as cash flow hedges.

Outstanding  
contracts

Weighted average 
interest rate

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Contract value

Fair value

2011  
%

2010  
%

2011

2010

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

1 to 2 year(s)

2 to 5 years

Total

10.0

–

–

9.7

1.2384

–

28,887

–

1.2384

–

28,887

–

28,887

28,887

(873)

–

(873)

–

484

484

The above cross currency interest rate swap contracts are designated and effective as cash flow hedges.

annuaL report 2011  101

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

foreIGn CurrenCy SenSItIvIty anaLySIS

The Group is mainly exposed to the following foreign currencies: Australian dollar (AUD), United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), 
Chinese yuan (CNY), New Zealand dollar (NZD) and Great British pound (GBP).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movement in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The 
percentages disclosed below represent Management’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates 
(i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding 
foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in 
foreign currency rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease 
in profit and equity.

Consolidated

USD impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

– 20% rate

+ 20% rate

EUR impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

CNY impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

NZD impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

GBP impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

–

7,871

(6,440)

–

–

38,759

(31,712)

5,396

(3,597)

–

–

67,707

(45,138)

–

–

–

–

648

(479)

–

–

(117)

96

–

–

97

(71)

2,533

(2,072)

–

–

13,434

(13,434)

–

–

20,088

(20,088)

–

–

399

(326)

13,591

25,659

(11,092)

(20,880)

(1,034)

846

147

(120)

–

–

317

(388)

–

–

1,411

(1,411)

–

–

1,700

(1,700)

–

–

(i)   this is mainly a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, foreign 

currency investments, receivables and payables at year end in the consolidated entity.

(ii)  this is a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

In Management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is not fully representative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year end 
exposure does not necessarily reflect the exposure during the course of the year.

102  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

(e) Interest rate risk management

The consolidated entity is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The risk is 
managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through 
interest rate swap contracts or the issue of fixed rate MTNs or bonds.

The consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average effective 
interest rate

Consolidated

2011  
%

2010  
%

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank overdrafts (i)

Bank loans

AUD (ii)

GBP

SGD

USD

THB

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2009-2 (iii)

Series 2010-1

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash flow exposure – total

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

AUD

SGD (iv)

USD notes

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2009-1

Series 2009-2 (iii)

NZD Works Bonds

NZD (v)

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

Fair value exposure – total

2.6

7.6

2.6

3.2

–

3.4

–

7.9

4.3

2.9

5.1

7.8

7.2

9.8

9.7

8.5

3.6

8.4

2.2

3.4

1.6

 –

8.4

–

3.7

6.3

5.0

7.8

7.2

9.8

9.7

8.2

6,343

6,435

78,022

12,244

38,970

–

3,633

71,832

31,296

11,735

22,882

–

–

100,000

56,700

(288,575)

(92,663)

–

(385,126)

(140,946)

5,126

7,687

109,769

92,292

150,000

116,954

103,332

585,160

211,933

12,573

115,608

106,308

50,000

121,693

53,528

671,643

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan.

(i)   

  Bank overdrafts located in uk (GBp denominated) and India (Inr denominated). the value of the interest rate and cross currency swaps 
have been included in the debt numbers above.

(ii)  

 Includes a bank loan amount that has been swapped from floating rate SGd to floating rate aud.

(iii)  

 aud150.0 million mtn Series 2009-2 fixed rate note; aud100.0 million swapped from fixed rate to floating rate in 2009 and swapped back to 
fixed rate in 2011.

(iv) 

 part of SGd bank loan swapped from floating rate to fixed rate.

(v)  

 nZd Bonds 150.0 million fixed rate; partial amount swapped from fixed rate nZd to fixed rate aud.

annuaL report 2011  103

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

IntereSt rate Swap ContraCtS

The consolidated entity uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under the interest rate swap 
contracts, the consolidated entity agrees to exchange the differences between fixed and floating rate interest amounts 
calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of 
equivalent instruments at the reporting date. 

The following tables detail the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating for  
fixed contracts

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year(i)

2 to 5 years

SGD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year(ii)

1 to 2 year(s)

Weighted average 
interest rate  
(including margin)

Notional principal 
amount

Fair value

2011 
%

2010 
%

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

5.1

2.2

–

5.2

5.1

1.8

2.2

–

180,000

120,397

138,242

120,397

318,242

7,567

–

4,191

8,382

7,567

12,573

–

1,028

1,028

(121)

–

(121)

(598)

496

(102)

(33)

(176)

(209)

(i)  aud 180.0 million swaps matured in June 2011.

(ii) SGd 5.0 million swap matured in may 2011.

The above interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest for fixed rate interest are designated as effective cash 
flow hedges.

Outstanding fixed for  
floating contracts

AUD interest rate swaps

2 to 5 years

Weighted average 
interest rate  
(including margin)

Notional principal 
amount

Fair value

2011  
%

2010  
%

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

8.4

–

–

100,000

100,000

–

–

2,672

2,672

The above interest rate swap contracts exchanging fixed rate interest for floating rate interest are designated as effective fair 
value hedges.

104  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

IntereSt rate SenSItIvIty anaLySIS

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming 
that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting year.

The selected percentage increase or decrease represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates. A 
positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in 
profit and equity.

Increase in rate

Profit or loss (i)

Equity (ii)

Decrease in rate

Profit or loss

Equity

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

918

4,368

(918)

(4,563)

2010  
$’000

1,707

6,672

(1,834)

(6,824)

(i)   this is mainly attributable to the consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on its unhedged variable rate borrowings.

(ii)  this is mainly on account of the change in valuation of the interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps held by the 

consolidated entity and designated as cash flow hedges.

Sensitivities have been based on an increase in interest rates by 1.0 per cent p.a. and a decrease by 1.0 per cent p.a. across the 
yield curve. 

(f) Equity price risk management

The consolidated entity is exposed to equity price risks arising from equity investments. Equity investments are held for trading 
purposes and are categorised as fair value through profit and loss investments. 

Equity price risk sensitivity

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to equity price risks at the reporting date.

Impact on Equity

Fair value through equity

Consolidated

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

–

156

annuaL report 2011  105

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

(g) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations, resulting in financial loss to the 
consolidated entity. The consolidated entity has adopted the policy of only dealing with highly rated counterparties. The 
consolidated entity’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and transactions are 
spread among approved counterparties.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing 
credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade receivables counterparties and where appropriate insurance 
cover is obtained. Refer to Note 11 for details on credit risk arising from trade and other receivables.

The credit risk on derivative financial instruments is limited to counterparties that have minimum long-term credit ratings of no 
less than single A – (or equivalent) other than one counterparty that is rated BBB+.

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks and financial institutions is managed by Group Treasury in accordance 
with Treasury Policies. Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties (with credit ratings of no less 
than AA-) and within approved credit limits assigned to each counterparty.

Counterparty credit limits are reviewed by the Board from time to time. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks 
and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty default. No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue 
of the non-performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the 
consolidated entity’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

(h) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the consolidated entity is unable to settle a transaction on the due date. The ultimate 
liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built an appropriate risk management framework for the 
consolidated entity’s funding and liquidity management requirements.

The consolidated entity manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, 
by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and 
liabilities. Included in Note 19 is a listing of committed undrawn debt facilities.

106  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

LIquIdIty rISk taBLeS

The following tables detail the consolidated entity’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn 
up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on contractual maturities. The tables include both interest 
and principal cash flows.

Less than 
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

More than 
5 years

$’000

Consolidated

2011

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Bank overdrafts

Supplier finance

Bank loans 

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2010-1)

434,047

6,343

5,276 

115,207

7,056

19,530

14,625

16,762

–

–

– 

5,719

5,138

18,664

14,625

15,783

–

–

 – 

5,564

5,138

18,031

157,313

–

–

 –

5,359

68,039

17,265

–

–

–

 –

5,084

424

–

–

 – 

4,789

8,012

16,245

29,361

–

14,931

13,964

6,582

–

–

–

42,162

670

NZD Bonds

11,173

118,632

–

–

Total borrowings including interest

195,972 

178,561

200,977

104,627

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

26,165

25,413

23,931

22,678

–

28,335

24,009

Derivative instruments(i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

(56,564)

(33,484)

(5,132)

(67,953)

(424)

(8,002)

69,506

38,519

8,865

107,201

346

103

46,827 

39,731 

(301)

71

(522)

–

659

(411)

–

12,007

(396)

–

Total

 716,299 

 248,843 

 228,411

 166,031

 52,168

46,441

(i)  Includes assets and liabilities.

annuaL report 2011  107

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

LIquIdIty rISk taBLeS – ContInued

$’000

Consolidated

2010

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

USD notes

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

NZD Bonds

Total borrowings including interest

Less than 
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

More than 
5 years

351,753

6,744

268,069

7,815

20,257

14,625

–

–

97,609

10,513

19,532

14,625

11,761

130,692

329,271

272,971

–

–

5,761

7,656

18,682

14,625

–

46,724

12,039

–

–

5,509

7,656

18,118

157,313

–

–

–

5,256

101,376

17,152

–

–

–

–

9,755

12,570

45,499

–

–

188,596

123,784

67,824

11,601

11,895

54

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

14,761

12,837

Derivative instruments (i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

(11,428)

(64,570)

(36,355)

(6,524)

(86,392)

(10,712)

16,313

69,518

38,519

8,865

107,201

12,666

88

(658)

17,773

19,663

(859)

7,384

(634)

–

(378)

–

(687)

–

Total

718,531

 309,761

 67,452

 201,904

 156,110

 69,145

(i)  Includes assets and liabilities.

(i) Fair value of financial instruments

The financial liability disclosed below is recorded in the financial statements at its carrying amount. Its fair value is shown in the 
table below:

Total borrowings (i)

(i)  total borrowings exclude finance leases.

Carrying amount 

Fair value

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

629,454

835,651

657,608 

859,693

The fair values and net fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

i)   the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid 

markets are determined with reference to quoted market prices;

ii)   the fair values of other financial assets and financial liabilities are determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing 

models based on discounted cash flow analysis; and

iii)   the fair values of derivative instruments included in hedging assets and liabilities are calculated using quoted prices. 

Where such prices are not available, the fair values are calculated using discounted cash flow analysis and based on the 
applicable yield curve for the duration of the term of the instruments.

Transaction costs are included in the determination of net fair value.

108  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

(i) Fair value of financial instruments – continued

Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable.

 – Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets 

or liabilities.

 – Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 – Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 

are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

2011

$’000

Financial assets in designated hedge accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Unquoted equity investments

Available-for-sale financial assets

Unquoted equity investments

Financial liabilities in designated hedge accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

2010

$’000

Financial assets in designated hedge accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Unquoted equity investments

Listed equity investments

Available-for-sale financial assets

Listed equity investments

Unquoted equity investments

Financial liabilities in designated hedge accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

Foreign currency forward contracts

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,786

1,122

–

–

6,908

90,683

42,852

133,535

–

–

5,786

1,122

5,373

5,373

13,750

19,123

–

–

–

13,750

26,031

90,683

42,852

133,535

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

–

–

–

39

2,149

–

2,188

–

–

–

–

9,019

4,513

–

–

–

–

13,532

50,224

13,524

1,352

65,100

–

–

6,291

–

–

15,236

21,527

–

–

–

–

9,019

4,513

6,291

39

2,149

15,236

37,247

50,224

13,524

1,352

65,100

annuaL report 2011  109

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 35. fInanCIal InSTRumEnTS – COnTInuED

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

2011

$’000

Opening balance

Total gains or losses:

 – in profit or loss

 – in other comprehensive income

Settlements

Purchases

Closing balance

2010

$’000

Opening balance

Total gains or losses:

 – in profit or loss

 – in other comprehensive income

Purchases

Closing balance

Fair value  
through profit  

or loss

Unquoted  
equity  

Available- 
for-sale

Unquoted  
equity  

investments

investments

Total

6,291

15,236

21,527

(500)

–

(1,918)

1,500

5,373

–

(1,486)

–

–

13,750

Fair value  
through profit  

or loss

Unquoted  
equity  

Available- 
for-sale

Unquoted  
equity  

investments

investments

(500)

(1,486)

(1,918)

1,500

19,123

Total

3,147

15,527

18,674

109

–

3,035

6,291

–

(319)

28

15,236

109

(319)

3,063

21,527

The table above only includes financial assets. There are no financial liabilities measured at fair value which are classified as 
Level 3.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Unquoted equity investments

The fair value of the unquoted equity investments were determined based on the consolidated entity’s interest in the net assets 
of the unquoted entities.

110  downer edI LImIted

nOTES TO ThE fInanCIal STaTEmEnTS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

nOTE 36. PaREnT EnTITy DISClOSuRES

(a) 

Financial position

Assets

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Reserves

Employee benefit reserve

Total equity

(b) 

Financial performance

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Company

2011  

$’000

2010  
$’000

603,975

1,119,009

1,722,984

26,874

353,771

380,645

470,464

912,230

1,382,694

16,327

358,745

375,072

1,342,339

1,007,622

1,245,294

82,270

940,072

48,040

14,775

19,510

1,342,339

1,007,622

87,996

–

87,996

89,625

–

89,625

(c)   Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries

 The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries 
during the financial year.

(d)  Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

 The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2011.

(e)  Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity

 The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2011.

annuaL report 2011  111

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DEClaRaTIOn
for the year ended 30 June 2011

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 34 to 111 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001, 

including:

(i)   complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and 

(ii)  the financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the 

Company and the consolidated entity; 

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due 

and payable;

(c)   the Directors have been given the declarations required by s.295A of the Corporations Act 2001; and 

(d)  the attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note 1 

to the financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to s.295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001.

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 24 August 2011

112  downer edI LImIted

 
 
InDEPEnDEnT auDITOR’S REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Grosvenor Place 
225 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 
PO Box N250 Grosvenor Place 
Sydney NSW 1220 Australia 

DX 10307SSE 
Tel:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7000 
Fax:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Downer EDI Limited 

Report on the Financial Report  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  financial  report  of  Downer  EDI  Limited,  which  comprises  the 
statement  of  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2011,  and  the  income  statement,  the  statement  of 
comprehensive income, the statement of cash flows and the statement of changes in equity for the year 
ended  on  that  date,  notes  comprising  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  other 
explanatory  information,  and  the  directors’  declaration  of  the  consolidated  entity,  comprising  the 
company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year 
as set out on pages 34 to 112.  

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report 

The  directors  of  the  company  are  responsible for  the  preparation  of the  financial  report that  gives  a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the 
directors  also  state,  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standard  AASB  101  Presentation  of  Financial 
Statements, that the  consolidated financial statements  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards. 

Auditor’s Responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted 
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply 
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit  engagements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.   

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in  the  financial  report.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgement,  including  the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. 
In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control,  relevant  to  the  entity’s 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view, in order to design audit procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our audit opinion. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited 

annuaL report 2011  113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
InDEPEnDEnT auDITOR’S REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2011

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations 
Act  2001.  We  confirm  that  the  independence  declaration  required  by  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 
which has been given to the directors of Downer EDI Limited, would be in the same terms if given to 
the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report. 

 Opinion 

In our opinion:  

(a)  the  financial  report  of  Downer  EDI  Limited  is  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 

including: 
(i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2011 

and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(b)  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting 

Standards as disclosed in Note 1. 

Report on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 9 to 31 of the directors’ report for the 
year  ended  30  June  2011.  The  directors  of  the  company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  and 
presentation  of  the  Remuneration  Report  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the  Corporations  Act 
2001.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Remuneration  Report,  based  on  our  audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Opinion 

In  our  opinion,  the  Remuneration  Report  of  Downer EDI  Limited  for the  year ended  30 June 2011, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

AV Griffiths 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 

Sydney, 24 August 2011 

114  downer edI LImIted
114  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SuSTaInaBIlITy PERfORmanCE SummaRy 2010/2011

SuSTaInaBIlITy aT DOwnER

peopLe and CommunIty

For our business, sustainability means being a valued 
contributor to the communities in which we operate, 
demonstrating sound environmental performance and being 
a responsible employer, while delivering excellence to our 
customers and rewarding our shareholders. We continually 
strive to achieve this by understanding and responding to 
emerging global risks and opportunities, engaging with our 
stakeholders and developing proactive partnerships within 
our value chain. 

We are committed to tracking and disclosing our 
sustainability impacts, challenges and opportunities 
through our annual Sustainability Report. This report 
supplements our 2011 Annual Report and Annual 
Review, and provides a summary of our non-financial, 
sustainability-related performance for the year ended 
30 June 2011. Our 2011 Sustainability Report will be 
available on the Downer website in December 2011. 

A summary of our approach to the management of 
sustainability-related issues is provided below.

manaGement SyStemS

Our Zero Harm Management System (ZHMS) has been 
developed to ensure that all our activities are carried 
out in a manner that will not result in harm to the people 
associated with our operations, to the communities in which 
we work, or to the environment. The ZHMS also endeavours 
to ensure Downer’s compliance with relevant international 
and Australian standards, conventions, statutes, regulations 
and codes of practice including:

 – Australian standards referenced in legislation; 

 – statutory licences and industry codes;

 – responsible care; and 

 – Downer’s Zero Harm policies, standards and procedures.

heaLth and Safety

We aspire to create a Zero Harm environment which, in the 
context of health and safety, means caring for and protecting 
our people with a goal of zero injuries or health impacts. Our 
health and safety performance is monitored through the 
measure of Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)1 and Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)2. As at 30 June 2011, 
we maintained a LTIFR below one, with a result of 0.93, and a 
TRIFR reduction of 11.8%, with a result of 7.17. 

With over 21,500 people in a diverse range of roles around 
the world, our goal is to empower our people to enable them 
to deliver improved value to our clients and shareholders, 
communities and themselves. 

We are committed to diversity and providing equal 
opportunities for all our people. We believe our diversity 
makes us stronger and we welcome different views from 
all our people, as these help us to improve the quality of 
our services. We aim to ensure equal treatment and equal 
employment opportunities for all our people, regardless 
of gender, race, ethnicity, religion, age, national origin or 
ancestry, physical or mental disability or sexual orientation. 

We understand the value of strong and enduring relationships 
with the communities in which we operate and we are 
committed to engaging with these important stakeholders. 
Our community relations principles are to provide 
appropriate and tangible social benefits, while ensuring that 
all community initiatives are aligned with Company values. 

envIronmentaL SuStaInaBILIty

Effective management of environmental issues is 
fundamental to the way we do business and embedded 
into our overall risk management processes. Our objective 
is to achieve an appropriate balance between economic 
and environmental sustainability outcomes. 

We recognise that climate change presents a serious 
challenge to business, society and the natural environment. 
We are committed to participating in climate change 
solutions by developing processes and technology to 
reduce our emissions and overall energy consumption. 
We also embrace the opportunity to assist our clients 
to manage the challenges that climate change 
represents for the global community. 

Further information about Downer’s approach to 
sustainability is available in our Annual Review and 
our Sustainability Reports, which are available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com. 

1 

 Lost time injuries (LtIs) are defined as diseases or occurrences that result in a fatality, permanent disability or time lost from one day/shift or 
more. the LtIfr is the number of LtIs per million hours worked.

2  trIfr is the number of fatal injuries + lost-time injuries + medically treated injuries per million hours worked.

annuaL report 2011  115

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

OvERvIEw

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the 
platform from which: 

 – the Board is accountable to shareholders for the 

operations, performance and growth of the Company;

 – Downer management is accountable to the Board;

 – the risks of Downer’s business are identified and managed; 

and

The performance of Downer’s senior executives is regularly 
reviewed against appropriate measures, including individual 
performance targets linked to the business plan and overall 
corporate objectives. Downer’s senior executives participate 
in periodic performance evaluations where they receive 
feedback on progress against these targets.

The most recent performance evaluation of Downer’s senior 
executives was undertaken in 2011.

 – Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders 

and the investment community.

PRInCIPlE 2: STRuCTuRE ThE BOaRD TO 
aDD valuE

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to 
promote leading corporate governance practices. 

Throughout the 2011 financial year, the Board was comprised 
of a majority of independent Directors. 

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(ASX Principles).

PRInCIPlE 1: lay SOlID fOunDaTIOnS fOR 
managEmEnT anD OvERSIghT

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and 
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer 
website at downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to 
provide strategic guidance for the Company and to 
effectively oversee management of the Company. Among 
other things, the Board is responsible for: 

 – overseeing the Company, including its control and 

accountability systems;

 – appointing and removing the Group CEO and senior 

executives; 

 – monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior 

executives; and 

 – reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk 

management and internal control, codes of conduct 
and legal compliance.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the 
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement. 

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to 
management, which is led by the Group CEO. 

The primary goal set for management by the Board is 
to focus on enhancing shareholder value, and includes 
responsibility for Downer’s economic, environmental and 
social performance. 

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of Downer and his authority is delegated and 
authorised by the Board. 

Details of the Downer Executive Leadership Team are 
available on the Downer website at downergroup.com.

The Board has formal induction procedures for both Directors 
and senior executives. These procedures have been 
developed to enable new Directors and senior executives 
to gain an understanding of: 

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike 
Harding, an independent, Non-executive Director), five 
independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive 
Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the 
members of the Board, including their skills, experience, 
status and terms of office are set out in the Directors’ Report 
on page 2 and are also available on the Downer website at 
downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is assessed by the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure the Board 
is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively 
discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring an independent judgement 
to bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s 
policy to provide Directors with access to independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
appropriate circumstances. 

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of 
conferring regularly without management present, and they 
do so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-
executive Director who is not a member of management and 
who is free of any business or other relationship that could 
(or could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere 
with the independent exercise of their judgement. Downer 
regularly assesses the independence of each Director.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director 
to promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of 
interest, interests in contracts, other directorships or offices 
held, related party transactions and any dealings in the 
Company’s securities. 

Each Director is required to retire by rotation, with one third of 
the Board retiring at each Annual General Meeting (AGM). 
No Non-executive Director can serve more than three years 
without offering themselves for re-election.

The chairman of the Board (Chairman) is an independent, 
Non-executive Director. He is responsible for leadership of the 
Board and for the efficient organisation and functioning of 
the Board. The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure 
that a high standard of values, governance and constructive 
interaction is maintained. 

 – Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk 

management policies; and 

 – the respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles 

of the Board and senior executives. 

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all 
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations 
between Directors and the Board and management. He also 
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders 
and conducts the AGM.

116  downer edI LImIted

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by the same person and the division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s 
delegations policy.

The Board has established a number of sub-committees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its 
responsibilities (Board Committees). A list of the main Board Committees and their membership is set out in the table below. 

Board Committee

Audit Committee

Chairman

Members

Annabelle Chaplain 

John Humphrey

Zero Harm Committee

Grant Thorne

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

Mike Harding

Grant Thorne

Mike Harding

Grant Fenn

Annabelle Chaplain

Lucio Di Bartolomeo

John Humphrey

Remuneration Committee

Lucio Di Bartolomeo

Annabelle Chaplain

Risk Committee

Grant Thorne

Disclosure Committee

Mike Harding

Mike Harding

Mike Harding

Grant Fenn 

Annabelle Chaplain

Lucio Di Bartolomeo

John Humphrey

John Humphrey

Grant Fenn

The names of members of each Board Committee, the number of meetings and the attendances by each of the members of 
the various Board Committees to which they are appointed are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 7 and 8. 

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to oversee the selection and appointment 
practices of the Company. 

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling 
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the 
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition, 
structure, membership requirements and the procedures for inviting non-Committee members to attend meetings. The 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter gives the Committee access to internal and external resources, 
including access to advice from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
Charter is available on the Downer website at downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee consists of a majority of independent Directors, is chaired by an 
independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include: 

 – assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board; 

 – assessing the extent to which the required skills are represented on the Board;

 – establishing processes for the review of the performance of individual Directors and the Board as a whole; 

 – establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for appointment to the Board; and

 – recommending the engagement of nominated persons as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is represented on the Board. The Company recognises the value of diversity 
and diversity has been a component of the appointment process over the past few years.

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman and 
Group CEO meet with nominees as part of the appointment process. 

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and Directors 
are re-elected in accordance with the Downer Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

annuaL report 2011  117

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance 
practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, 
including periodic review of its performance in consultation 
with an external consultant. The most recent external review 
was conducted in 2009.

Downer’s Director and senior executive induction program 
was implemented in the previous financial year to 
enable new Directors and senior executives to gain an 
understanding of, among other things, Downer’s culture and 
values and the Company’s financial, strategic, operational 
and risk management position. 

 – securities trading (stipulating ‘trading windows’ for 

designated employees and a formal process which all 
employees must adhere to when dealing in securities); 

 – the Company’s disclosure obligations (including 

continuous disclosure);

 – communicating with shareholders and the general 

investment community; and

 – privacy. 

These policies are available on the Downer website at 
downergroup.com.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company 
Secretariat and an induction pack containing information 
about Downer and its business, Board and Board Committee 
charters and Downer group policies. New Directors also 
meet with key senior executives to gain an insight into 
the Company’s business operations and the Downer 
group structure.

Downer has a proud history of diversity and inclusiveness and 
is a member of the Diversity Council of Australia. 

The Company has recently formalised its practices in a 
Diversity and Inclusiveness Policy and has convened a 
Diversity and Inclusiveness Committee made up of senior 
executives across the Group. 

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their 
exposure to the Company’s business and a formal program of 
Director site visits has been in place since 2009. 

Downer has reported on diversity in its annual Sustainability 
Report since 2009 and is currently in the process of formalising 
reporting on diversity in line with the amended ASX Principles 
for the 2012 financial year. 

Directors are also encouraged to attend appropriate 
training and professional development courses to update 
and enhance their skills and knowledge and the Company 
Secretariat regularly organises governance and other 
continuing education sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to 
discharge its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also 
have access to the Company Secretary for all Board and 
governance-related issues and the appointment and 
removal of the Company Secretary is determined by the 
Board. The Company Secretary is accountable to the Board 
on all governance matters. 

PRInCIPlE 3: PROmOTE EThICal anD 
RESPOnSIBlE DECISIOn-makIng

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour 
and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. 
Following an extensive review of its codes of conduct, 
Downer adopted a new code, the Downer Standards of 
Business Conduct. The Standards of Business Conduct sets the 
ethical tone and standards of the Company and deals with 
matters such as: 

 – compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law; 

 – prohibition against bribery; 

 – protection of confidential information; 

 – engaging with stakeholders;

 – workplace safety; 

 – sustainability; and 

 – conflicts of interest.

Downer has also implemented a formal whistleblower policy 
and procedures for reporting and investigating breaches of 
the Standards of Business Conduct.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers 
and employees and is available on the Downer website at 
downergroup.com. 

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has 
in place policies setting out the Company’s approach to 
various matters, including: 

118  downer edI LImIted

The Diversity and Inclusiveness Policy and Downer’s 
Sustainability Reports are available on the Downer website 
at downergroup.com.

PRInCIPlE 4: SafEguaRD InTEgRITy In 
fInanCIal REPORTIng

The Company has in place a structure of review and 
authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards 
the integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit Committee assists the Board to fulfil its responsibility 
relating to the quality and integrity of the accounting, 
auditing and reporting practices of the Company and its 
role includes a particular focus on the qualitative aspects of 
financial reporting to shareholders.

The Audit Committee is structured so that it: 

 – consists of only Non-executive Directors; 

 – consists of a majority of independent Directors; 

 – is chaired by an independent chairman (who is not the 

Chairman of the Board); 

 – has at least three members. 

The Audit Committee currently comprises of only 
independent Directors, includes members who are financially 
literate and has at least one member who has relevant 
qualifications and experience. 

The Audit Committee Charter sets out the Audit Committee’s 
role and responsibilities, composition, structure and 
membership requirements and the procedures for inviting 
non-Committee members to attend meetings. 

The Audit Committee Charter is available on the Downer 
website at downergroup.com.

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
integrity of Downer’s financial reporting and overseeing the 
independence of the Company’s external auditors. The Audit 
Committee reports to the Board on all matters relevant to its 
role and responsibilities.

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

PRInCIPlE 5: makE TImEly anD BalanCED 
DISClOSuRE

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which 
assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal 
and timely access to material information about the 
Company and that Company announcements are factual 
and presented in a clear and balanced way. A copy of 
the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer website at 
downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for 
identifying and disclosing material and price-sensitive 
information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent, 
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman) 
and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees 
disclosure of information by the Company to the market and 
the general investment community.

PRInCIPlE 6: RESPECT ThE RIghTS Of 
ShaREhOlDERS

Downer empowers its shareholders by: 

 – communicating effectively with shareholders; 

 – giving shareholders ready access to balanced and 

understandable information about the Company; and 

 – making it easy for shareholders to participate in 

general meetings. 

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s 
approach to communicating with shareholders and is 
available on the Downer website at downergroup.com.

Downer has an established corporate compliance team to 
monitor risk management and uses external consultants to 
assist with the ongoing review of risk management across 
the Downer group. Downer has also established principles 
for the Company to follow to ensure that contract formation 
and contract management processes are maintained 
and improved.

Management reports regularly to the Board on the 
effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material 
business risks. The Board regularly reviews the effectiveness 
of the Company’s systems for the management of material 
business risks and the implementation of these systems.

The Company’s internal audit team analyses and undertakes 
independent appraisal of the adequacy and effectiveness 
of Downer’s risk management and internal control system. 
Downer’s internal audit team is independent of the external 
auditor and has access to the Audit Committee and to 
management. 

Downer has established a Risk Committee to assist the Board 
in its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the 
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and framework 
for risk management and Downer’s compliance with 
applicable legal and regulatory obligations. 

The Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer 
website at downergroup.com.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the 
Group CFO that the declaration provided in accordance 
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) is 
founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
control and that the system is operating effectively in all 
material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website, 
including Annual and Half Year Reports, ASX announcements 
and media releases. 

PRInCIPlE 8: REmunERaTE faIRly anD 
RESPOnSIBly

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs 
through its use of electronic communication, including by 
making notices of meetings available on its website and 
audio casting of general meetings and significant Group 
presentations.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs 
and is available to answer any questions which shareholders 
may have about the conduct of the external audit for the 
relevant financial year and the preparation and content of 
the Audit Report.

PRInCIPlE 7: RECOgnISE anD managE RISk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer 
has various risk management policies and guidelines in place 
that cover (among other matters) interest rate management, 
foreign exchange risk management, credit risk management 
and operational and decision-making risk management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business 
unit levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests 
and ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, 
financial reporting, environment and workplace health and 
safety policies and procedures). These controls are designed 
to ensure that Downer complies with legal and regulatory 
requirements as well as community standards.

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and 
has adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which 
sets out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure 
and membership requirements and the procedures for 
inviting non-Committee members to attend meetings. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing 
and making recommendations to the Board about:

 – executive remuneration and incentive policies;

 – the remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance 

measurement and termination policies and procedures for 
all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO, 
including the Group CFO and the Company Secretary; 

 – executive and equity-based incentive plans; and 

 – superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and 
Non-executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities of 
the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior 
executives to pursue the long term growth and success of 
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the 
performance and remuneration of senior executives. 

The Remuneration Committee consists of a majority of 
independent Directors, is chaired by an independent Director 
and has at least three members (currently, no Executive 
Director is a member of the Remuneration Committee). 

annuaL report 2011  119

CORPORaTE gOvERnanCE
for the year ended 30 June 2011

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders 
that can be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2 million 
per annum. This cap was approved by shareholders on 
30 October 2008. Further details about remuneration paid 
to Non-executive Directors are set out in the Remuneration 
Report at page 13.

The Company’s previous Constitution allowed for retiring Non-
executive Directors to receive a retiring allowance, subject 
to the limitations set out in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 
Consistent with the ASX Principles, the right to retirement 
benefits was frozen in 2005. However, because remuneration 
arrangements for some Non-executive Directors were in 
place prior to 2005, where such retirement benefits have 
been paid, information about any payments has been fully 
provided in the financial statements. Directors entitled to 
a retirement benefit were paid a reduced fee and once a 
Director’s accumulated reduction in base fees has reached 
the value of the retirement benefit, the applicable base 
fee reverts to the general fee level. This has been applied 
to Mr Humphrey from 1 July 2009. The retirement benefit has 
not been offered to Non-executive Directors appointed 
subsequently.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity 
incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior 
executives is designed to achieve a balance between 
fixed and variable remuneration taking into account the 
performance of the individual and the performance of the 
Company. Executive Directors receive payment of equity-
based remuneration as short and long-term incentives. 

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from 
entering into transactions in associated products which limit the 
economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under 
any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes. 

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors 
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report 
at page 13 and key features of the current Downer employee 
share plans and details of Downer shares beneficially owned 
by Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at pages 7 
and 3, respectively.

120  downer edI LImIted

InfORmaTIOn fOR InvESTORS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

downer shareholders
Downer had 25,846 ordinary shareholders as at 31 July 2011.

The largest shareholder, J P Morgan Nominees Australia 
Limited, holds 25.67% of the 429,100,296 fully paid ordinary 
shares issued at that date. Downer has 22,900 shareholders 
with registered addresses in Australia.

Securities exchange listing 
Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code 
DOW, and is secondary listed on the New Zealand Exchange 
with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information 
The Company’s website downergroup.com offers 
comprehensive information about Downer and its services. 
The website also contains news releases and announcements 
to the ASX, financial presentations, Annual Reports, Half 
Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed 
communications for shareholders include the Annual Report 
and Half Year Report. These are available on request.

dividends 
Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to 
a range of circumstances within the business operations of 
Downer including operating profit and capital requirements. 
The level of franking on dividends is dependent on the 
level of taxes to be paid in future years to the Australian 
Taxation Office.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global 
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the 
currency of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

dividend reinvestment plan
Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism 
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the 
Company without the usual costs associated with share 
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are 
available from the Company’s website or the Easy Update 
website at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry 
Shareholders and investors seeking information about 
Downer shareholdings or dividends should contact the 
Company’s share registry, Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd (Computershare):

Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 

 1300 556 161 (within Australia)  
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia) 

Fax: 

 1300 534 987 (within Australia)  
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when 
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored 
and CHESS statements.

updating your shareholder details 
Shareholders can update their details 
(including bank accounts, DRP elections, tax 
file number and email addresses) online at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and 
postcode to access this site.

tax file number information
Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory. 
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file 
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal 
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to 
investors residing in Australia. For more information please 
contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement
You are advised to contact Computershare in writing 
immediately if your issuer sponsored statement has been 
lost or stolen.

annual report mailing list
Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report 
and Half Year Report by writing to Computershare at the 
address provided above. Alternatively, shareholders may 
choose to receive these publications electronically.

Change of address
So that we can keep you informed and protect your interests 
in Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of 
any change of your registered address.

auditor
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Level 3/225 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

registered office and principal administration office
Downer EDI Limited 
Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Tel: +61 2 9468 9700 
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

annuaL report 2011  121

InfORmaTIOn fOR InvESTORS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

australian Securities exchange information as at 31 July 2011
Number of holders of equity securities

Ordinary share capital
429,100,296 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 25,846 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders
The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 31 July 2011.

Shareholders

Ordinary shares held

% of issued shares

Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited

Franklin Resources Inc

JCP Investment Partners Ltd

31,814,069

28,239,397

26,810,977

7.41

6.58

6.21

distribution of holders of quoted equity securities
Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 31 July 2011 is set out in the table below.

Range of holdings

1–1,000

1,001–5,000

5,001–10,000

10,001–100,000

100,001 and over

Total

Holding less than a marketable 
parcel of shares

Number of 
shareholders

13,983

9,216

1,581

1,000

66

25,846

1,129

Shareholders % Ordinary shares held

Shares %

54.1

35.7

6.1

3.9

0.3

100.0

6,319,687

21,301,297

11,241,513

21,569,146

368,668,653

429,100,296

1.47

4.96

2.62

5.03

85.92

100.00

twenty largest shareholders
Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 31 July 2011 are set out in the table below.

Shareholder

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

National Nominees Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

Computershare Plan Co Pty Ltd

Australian Reward Investment Alliance

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

Tasman Asset Management Ltd – Cash Income A/C

Queensland Investment Corporation – Tyndall Australian Share Whole

AMP Life Ltd

Argo Investments Ltd

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited – SMP Accounts

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited – Colonial First State Inv A/C

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited – Cfsil Cwlth Aust Shs 5 A/C

Masfen Securities Limited

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson

Tasman Asset Management Ltd – Tyndall Australian Share Conce

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited – MLCI A/C

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2

Shares held

% of issued shares

110,156,275

88,995,157

68,092,564

35,820,232

10,580,546

8,308,086

7,597,279

6,928,180

4,271,974

3,919,454

2,492,897

2,392,527

2,038,982

2,035,653

1,759,712

1,171,647

891,642

874,806

546,359

456,897

25.67

20.74

15.87

8.35

2.47

1.94

1.77

1.61

1.00

0.91

0.58

0.56

0.48

0.47

0.41

0.27

0.21

0.20

0.13

0.11

Total for top 20 shareholders

359,330,869

83.75

On-market buy-back
There is no current on-market buy-back.

122  downer edI LImIted

This page has been left blank intentionally

This page has been left blank intentionally

InfORmaTIOn fOR InvESTORS
for the year ended 30 June 2011

DOwnER gROuP OffICE

ShaRE REgISTRy

Shareholders and investors 
seeking information about 
Downer shareholdings or 
dividends should contact the 
Company’s share registry, 
Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd:

Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161  
(within Australia)  
+61 3 9415 4000  
(outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987  
(within Australia)  
+61 3 9473 2408  
(outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

downer edI LImIted
Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia 
T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915 
ABN 97 003 872 848

downer auStraLIa
Level 11 
468 St Kilda Road 
Melbourne VIC 3004 
Australia 
T +61 3 9864 0800 
F +61 3 9864 0801

downer new ZeaLand
14 Amelia Earhart Avenue 
Airport Oaks 
Auckland 2022 
New Zealand 
T +64 9 256 9810 
F +64 9 256 9811

downer mInInG
Level 7, 104 Melbourne Street  
South Brisbane QLD 4101 
Australia 
T +61 7 3026 6666 
F +61 7 3026 6060

downer raIL
2B Factory Street 
Granville NSW 2142 
Australia 
T +61 2 9637 8288 
F +61 2 9897 2305

www.DOwnERgROuP.COm